USRE39197E1 - Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds - Google Patents
Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- USRE39197E1 USRE39197E1 US10/356,794 US35679402A USRE39197E US RE39197 E1 USRE39197 E1 US RE39197E1 US 35679402 A US35679402 A US 35679402A US RE39197 E USRE39197 E US RE39197E
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- phenyl
- substituted
- carbonyl
- sulfide
- ethenyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 0 [1*]C1=C([2*])C([3*])=C([4*])C([5*])=C1S[Ar] Chemical compound [1*]C1=C([2*])C([3*])=C([4*])C([5*])=C1S[Ar] 0.000 description 27
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- UKHMUOUKNIXASO-ZKAICSDNSA-N C.C.C.C/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.C/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.CC.CC.CS.C[Rn].C[Rn].C[Rn].O=C(O)/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.S.[Ar].[Ar] Chemical compound C.C.C.C/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.C/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.CC.CC.CS.C[Rn].C[Rn].C[Rn].O=C(O)/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.S.[Ar].[Ar] UKHMUOUKNIXASO-ZKAICSDNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LDQJREARLLORRI-IRXRBESWSA-N C.C/C(=C\C(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1.C/C=C(\C)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC.CC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CS.CS.CS.C[Rn].C[Rn].C[Rn].C[Rn].O=CC1=CC=CC=C1.S.[Ar].[Ar].[Ar].[Ar] Chemical compound C.C/C(=C\C(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1.C/C=C(\C)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC.CC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CS.CS.CS.C[Rn].C[Rn].C[Rn].C[Rn].O=CC1=CC=CC=C1.S.[Ar].[Ar].[Ar].[Ar] LDQJREARLLORRI-IRXRBESWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HTOOSZYPDISCPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=C2C[Y]CC2=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C[Y]CC2=C1 HTOOSZYPDISCPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKPRCYONVSCBPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1CC2CC1CN2.C1CC2CCC(C1)N2.C1CC2CCC1O2 Chemical compound C1CC2CC1CN2.C1CC2CCC(C1)N2.C1CC2CCC1O2 GKPRCYONVSCBPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/24—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
- C07D207/26—2-Pyrrolidones
- C07D207/263—2-Pyrrolidones with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to other ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/27—2-Pyrrolidones with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to other ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
- C07C323/50—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C323/62—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/09—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/14—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D207/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/24—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
- C07D207/26—2-Pyrrolidones
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/08—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/10—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/18—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
- C07D211/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms by oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
- C07D211/42—Oxygen atoms attached in position 3 or 5
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
- C07D211/44—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4
- C07D211/46—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4 having a hydrogen atom as the second substituent in position 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/54—Sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/60—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/60—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D211/62—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals attached in position 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D211/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/74—Oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/75—Amino or imino radicals, acylated by carboxylic or carbonic acids, or by sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof, e.g. carbamates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
- C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D215/36—Sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
- C07D217/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring; Alkylene-bis-isoquinolines
- C07D217/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring; Alkylene-bis-isoquinolines with the ring nitrogen atom acylated by carboxylic or carbonic acids, or with sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof, e.g. carbamates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
- C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
- C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
- C07D235/26—Oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D239/32—One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
- C07D239/42—One nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
- C07D241/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D241/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
- C07D241/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D241/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D241/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D241/24—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D243/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D243/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4
- C07D243/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4 not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D265/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D265/28—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines
- C07D265/30—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/125—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
- C07D295/13—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
- C07D295/185—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aliphatic carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carbonic acid, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/205—Radicals derived from carbonic acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carbonic acid, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/215—Radicals derived from nitrogen analogues of carbonic acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with hetero atoms directly attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/26—Sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with hetero atoms directly attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/28—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/32—Nitrogen atoms acylated with carboxylic or carbonic acids, or their nitrogen or sulfur analogues
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D307/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D307/52—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D307/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D307/68—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D317/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D317/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
- C07D317/44—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D317/46—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
- C07D317/48—Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring
- C07D317/50—Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to atoms of the carbocyclic ring
- C07D317/58—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D317/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D317/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
- C07D317/44—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D317/46—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
- C07D317/48—Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring
- C07D317/62—Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to atoms of the carbocyclic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D319/10—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
- C07D319/14—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D319/16—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
- C07D319/18—Ethylenedioxybenzenes, not substituted on the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D319/10—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
- C07D319/14—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D319/16—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
- C07D319/20—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring with substituents attached to the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/10—Spiro-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/08—Bridged systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
- C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D491/10—Spiro-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/02—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/04—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a four-membered ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/06—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
- C07C2601/08—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
Definitions
- the present invention relates to compounds that are useful for treating inflammatory and immune diseases, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, and to methods of inhibiting inflammation or suppressing immune response in a mammal.
- Inflammation results from a cascade of events that includes vasodilation accompanied by increased vascular permeability and exudation of fluid and plasma proteins. This disruption of vascular integrity precedes or coincides with an infiltration of inflammatory cells.
- Inflammatory mediators generated at the site of the initial lesion serve to recruit inflammatory cells to the site of injury. These mediators (chemokines such as IL-8, MCP1, MIP-1, and RANTES, complement fragments and lipid mediators) have chemotactic activity for leukocytes and attract the inflammatory cells to the inflamed lesion.
- chemokines such as IL-8, MCP1, MIP-1, and RANTES, complement fragments and lipid mediators
- These chemotactic mediators which cause circulating leukocytes to localize at the site of inflammation require the cells to cross the vascular endothelium at a precise location. This leukocyte recruitment is accomplished by a process called cell adhesion.
- Cell adhesion occurs through a coordinately regulated series of steps that allow the leukocytes to first adhere to a specific region of the vascular endothelium and then cross the endothelial barrier to migrate to the inflamed tissue (Springer, T. A., 1994 , “Traffic Signals for Lymphocyte Recirculation and Leukocyte Emigration: The Multistep Paradigm, Cell ” Cell ( 1994 ) 76:301-314; Lawrence, M. B., and Springer, T. A., 1991 , “Leukocytes' Roll on a Selectin at Physiologic Flow Rates: Distinction from and Prerequisite for Adhesion Through Integrins, Cell.
- the first step consists of leukocytes rolling along the vascular endothelial cell lining in the region of inflammation.
- the rolling step is mediated by an interaction between a leukocyte surface oligosaccharide, such as Sialylated Lewis-X antigen (Slex), and a selectin molecule expressed on the surface of the endothelial cell in the region of inflammation.
- a leukocyte surface oligosaccharide such as Sialylated Lewis-X antigen (Slex)
- a selectin molecule expressed on the surface of the endothelial cell in the region of inflammation.
- the selectin molecule is not normally expressed on the surface of endothelial cells but rather is induced by the action of inflammatory mediators such as TNF- ⁇ and interleukin-1.
- Rolling decreases the velocity of the circulating leukocytes in the region of inflammation and allos the cells to more firmly adhere to the endothelial cell.
- the firm adhesion is accomplished by the interaction of integrin molecules that are present on the surface of the rolling leukocytes and their counter-receptors (the Ig superfamily molecules) on the surface of the endothelial cell.
- the Ig superfamily molecules or CAMs are either not expressed or are expressed at low levels on normal vascular endothelial cells.
- the CAM's CAMs like the selectins, are induced by the action of inflammatory mediators like TNF-alpha and IL-1.
- the final event in the adhesion process is the extravasation of leukocytes through the endothelial cell barrier and their migration along a chemotactic gradient to the site of inflammation.
- This transmigration is mediated by the conversion of the leukocyte integrin from a low avidity state to a high avidity state.
- the adhesion process relies on the induced expression of selectins and CAM's CAMs on the surface of vascular endothelial cells to mediate the rolling and firm adhesion of leukocytes to the vascular endothelium.
- ICAM-1 intercellular adhesion molecule
- the present invention application discloses compounds which bind to the interaction-domain (1-domain) ( I-domain ) of LFA-1, thus interrupting endothelial cell-leukocyte adhesion by blocking the interaction of LFA-1 with ICAM-1, ICAM-3, and other adhesion molecules.
- These compounds are useful for the treatment of prophylaxis of diseases in which leukocyte trafficking plays a role, notably acute and chronic inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, tumor metastasis, allograft rejection, and reperfusion injury.
- the compounds of this invention are diaryl sulfides, which are substituted with a cinnamide moiety.
- the cinnamide functionality may be placed either ortho- or para- to the linking sulfur atom, although para-substitution is preferable.
- amide moiety is readily modified; a variety of secondary and tertiary amides are active, and alternatively a heterocyclic ring may be attached at this position. Modifications of this amide functionality are particularly useful in modulating physico-chemical and pharmacokinetic properties.
- compositions containing compounds of Formula I are disclosed.
- alkanoyl refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
- alkanoylamino refers to an alkanoyl group attached to the parent molecular group though an amino group.
- alkanoyloxy refers to an alkanoyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen radical.
- alkanoyloxyalkyl refers to an alkanoyloxy group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- alkoxy refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
- alkoxyalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkoxy group.
- alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- alkoxycarbonyl refers to an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
- alkoxycarbonylalkyl refers to an alkoxycarbonyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched chain radical group of 1-10 carbon atoms derived from an alkane by the removal of one hydrogen atom.
- alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)amino refers to an amino group substituted with one alkyl group and one alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
- alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl refers to an alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)amino group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- alkylene refers to a divalent group of 1-10 carbon atoms derived from a straight or branched chain alkane by the removal of two hydrogen atoms.
- alkylsulfonyl refers to an alkyl radical attached to the parent molecular group through an —SO 2 — group.
- amino refers to a radical of the form —NR 18 R 19 , or to to a radical of the form —NR 18 —, where R 18 and R 19 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl or cycloalkyl.
- aminoalkanoyl refers to to an amino group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkanoyl group.
- aminoalkyl refers to an amino group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- aryl refers to a mono- or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or two aromatic rings.
- the aryl group can also be fused to a cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclopentane or cyclopentene ring.
- the aryl groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, or alkoxy substituents.
- arylalkoxy refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkoxy group.
- arylalkoxycarbonyl refers to an arylalkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
- carboxydehyde refers to the radical —CHO.
- carboxydehyde hydrazone refers to the radical —CH ⁇ N—NR 20 R 21 , where R 20 and R 21 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl or cycloalkyl.
- carboxylate or “carboxamido” as used herein refer to an amino group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
- carboxamidoalkyl refers to a carboxamido group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- carboxycarbonyl refers to a carboxy group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
- cyano refers to the radical —CN.
- cycloalkyl refers to a monovalent saturated cyclic or bicyclic hydrocarbon group of 3-12 carbons derived from a cycloalkane by the removal of a single hydrogen atom. Cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, halo, or hydroxy substituents.
- halo or halogen as used herein refers to F, Cl, Br, or I.
- haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
- heterocycle or “heterocyclyl” represent a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
- the 4- and 5-membered rings have zero to two double bonds and the 6- and 7-membered rings have zero to three double bonds.
- heterocycle or “heterocyclic” as used herein additionally refers to bicyclic, tricyclic and tetracyclic groups in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to one or two rings independently selected from an aryl ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopenetene ring or another monocyclic heterocyclic ring.
- Heterocycles include acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, biotinyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dithiazolyl, furyl, homopiperidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, oxadizolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyri
- Heterocyclics also include bridged bicyclic groups where a monocyclic heterocyclic group is bridged by an alkylene group such as and the like.
- Heterocyclics also include compounds of the formula where X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH 2 —, —CH 2 NH—, —CH 2 O—, —NH— and —O—, with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH 2 —, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R′′) 2 ) v —, where R′′ is hydrogen or alkyl of one to four carbons, and v is 1-3.
- These heterocycles include 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, 1,3-benzimidazol-2-one and the like.
- the heterocycle groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, hydroxy or alkoxy substituents.
- heterocyclylalkyl refers to an heterocyclic group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- heterocyclylalkylamino refers to an heterocyclylalkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an amino group.
- heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl refers to a heterocyclylalkylamino group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
- heterocyclylcarbonyl refers to a heterocyclyl group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
- hydroxyalkanoyl refers to an hydroxy radical attached to the parent molecular group through an alkanoyl group.
- hydroxyalkoxy refers to an hydroxy radical attached to the parent molecular group through an alkoxy group.
- hydroxyalkoxyalkyl refers to an hydroxyalkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- hydroxyalkyl refers to an hydroxy radical attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
- perfluoroalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluoride atoms.
- phenyl refers to a monocyclic carbocyclic ring system having one aromatic ring.
- the phenyl group can also be fused to a cyclohexane or cyclopentane ring.
- the phenyl groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, hydroxy or alkoxy substituents.
- prodrugs as used herein represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals with without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the invention.
- prodrug represents compounds which are rapidly transformed in vivo to the parent compound of the above formula, for example, by hydrolysis in blood.
- a thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- thioalkoxy refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through a sulfur atom.
- Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers are designated ( ⁇ ).
- Individual stereoisomers of compounds of the present invention can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain asymmetric or chiral centers or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by resolution well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- Geometric isomers can also exist in the compounds of the present invention.
- the present invention contemplates the various geometric isomers and mixtures thereof resulting from the arrangement of substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond or arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring.
- Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being in the Z j or E configuration wherein the term “Z” represents substituents on the same side of the carbon-carbon double bond and the term “E” represents substituents on opposite sides of the carbon-carbon double bond.
- the compounds of Formula I are useful in a variety of forms, i.e., with various substitutions as identified. Examples of particularly desirable compounds are quite diverse, and many are mentioned herein. Included are compounds in which R 1 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, and R 3 is hydrogen; or where R 3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, and R 1 is hydrogen, or R 1 , R 2 , and R 4 are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and R 5 is halogen, haloalkyl or nitro.
- R 10 and R 11 are each in dependently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylaalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, or where NR 10 R 11 , is heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl, and where Ar is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl.
- Compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to:
- the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions which comprise compounds of the present invention formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers.
- the pharmaceutical compositions may be specially formulated for oral administration in solid or liquid form, for parenteral injection, or for rectal administration.
- compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, or as an oral or nasal spray.
- parenteral administration refers to modes of administration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous and intraarticular injection and infusion.
- compositions of this invention for parenteral injection comprise pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use.
- suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
- Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
- compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservative preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents.
- adjuvants such as preservative preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like, .
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- the absorption of the drug in order to prolong the effect of the drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
- Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly (orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues.
- the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
- Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
- the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or (a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, (b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, and acacia, (c) humectants such as glycerol, (d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, (e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, (f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, (g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and
- compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
- the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
- the active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
- Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically-acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
- the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethyl formamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
- inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifier
- the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifing and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
- adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifing and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
- Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
- suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
- compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers sucha s cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as s cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- Liposomes are generally derived from phospholipids or other lipid substances. Liposomes are formed by mono- or multi-lamellar hydrated liquid crystals that are dispersed in an aqueous medium. Any non-toxic, physiologically-acceptable and metabolizable lipid capable of forming liposomes can be used.
- the present compositions in liposome form can contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, stabilizers, preservatives, excipients, and the like.
- the preferred lipids are the phospholipids and the phosphatidyl cholines (lecithins), both natural and synthetic.
- the compounds of the present invention may be used in the form of pharmaceutically-acceptable salts derived from inorganic or organic acids.
- pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is meant those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts are well-known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge, et al. Describe , describe pharmaceutically-acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences , J. Pharmaceutical Sciences ( 1977 ) 1977 , 66 ; 1 et seq.
- the salts may be prepared in situ in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention or separately by reacting a free base function with a suitable acid.
- Representative acid addition salts include, but are not limited to acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, digluconate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, fumarate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate (isethionate), lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succ
- the basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates; long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; arylalkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others. Water Water-soluble, or oil-soluble, or dispersible products are thereby obtained.
- lower alkyl halides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides
- dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates
- long chain halides such
- Basic addition salts can be prepared in situ in situ during the final isolation and purification of compounds of this invention by reacting a carboxylic acid-containing moiety with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
- a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
- Pharmaceutically-acceptable basic addition salts include, but are not limited to, cations based on alkali metals or alkaline earth metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium and , aluminum salts and the like and nontoxic quaternary ammonia and amine cations including ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine and the like.
- Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, piperazine and the like.
- Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments and inhalants.
- the active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
- Opthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders and solutions are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
- Actual dosage levels of active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active compound(s) that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, compositions, and mode of administration.
- the selected dosage level will depend upon the activity of the particular compound, the route of administration, the severity of the condition being treated, and the condition and prior medical history of the patient being treated. However, it is within the skill of the art to start doses of the compound at levels lower than required for to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
- dosage levels of about 0.1 to about 50 mg, more preferably of about 5 to about 20 mg of active compound per kilogram of body weight per day are administered orally or intravenously to a mammalian patient.
- the effective daily dose may be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration, e.g. two to four separate doses per day.
- Scheme 1 describes the synthesis of a typical cinnamide-substituted diaryl sulfide 4 through an aldehyde intermediate 2.
- Aldehyde 2 is prepared by reaction of a thiophenol (for example 2,4-dichlorothiophenol, 2-bromothiophenol, or the like) with halo-substituted benzaldehyde derivative 1 (e.g. 2-chlorobenzaldehyde, 3-chloro,4-fluorobenzaldehyde, or the like) in the presence of base (e.g. sodium carbonate, triethylamine, or the like) and a polar solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, or the like).
- base e.g. sodium carbonate, triethylamine, or the like
- a polar solvent e.g. dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, or the like.
- the aldehyde group is homologated to the corresponding cinnamic acid 3, using an acetate equivalent (for example, malonic acid, triethoxyphosphonoacetate, or the like) in the presence of an appropriate base and solvent. In some cases, it may be necessary to hydrolyze an intermediate ester (for example using sodium hydroxide in alcohol).
- the acid group is activated (for example using thionyl chloride, or dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and N-hydroxysuccinimide, or the like) and reacted with a primary or secondary amine (for example, 6-aminohexanol, pyrrolidone-3-propylamine, or the like) to provide the desired analog 4.
- a haloacetophenone can replace benzaldehyde 2; the resultant cinnamides 4 are substituted with a methyl group at the 3-position.
- a substituted halocinnamic acid 5 e.g. 3-chloro,2-nitrocinnamic acid or the like
- a primary or secondary amine e.g. N-acetylpiperazine or the like
- the halo-group can then be displaced with a substituted thiophenol in the presence of base to provide the product 7.
- a number of the compounds described herein may be prepared from intermediate benzylic alcohols like 8 (Scheme 3) Activation of the alcohol moiety (for example, using phosphorus tribromide or methanesulfonyl chloride and lithium halide in dimethylformamide) and displacement with a primary or secondary amine (e.g. morpholine, N-formylpiperazine or the like) provides analogs with structures related to 9.
- a primary or secondary amine e.g. morpholine, N-formylpiperazine or the like
- the alcohol may be oxidized (for example using TPAP or PCC or the like) to give aldehyde 10.
- Cinnamides like 13 may be prepared from halo-substituted derivatives 11 by palladium-mediated coupling [e.g. using tetrakis (o-tolyl phosphine) palladium (0), Pd 2 (dba) 3 , or the like] with acrylamide derivatives 12 (Scheme 4).
- anilino-cinnamides like 16 can be prepared by palladium-mediated coupling of amines 15 with halo-cinnamides 14.
- a nitro group in compounds like 17 may be reduced (for example, with tin(II) chloride, or by catalytic hydrogenation, or the like) to the corresponding amine 18.
- This amine may then itself be converted to a halogen, for example by diazotization using nitrous acid or t-butyl nitrite in the presence of a metal halide salt like cupric bromide, providing analog 19.
- the crude product was purified via silica gel flash chromatography, eluting with 5-10% ether/hexanes, to give 2.62 g (9.25 mmol, 83%) of the desired aldehyde as a colorless oil, which solidified slowly upon standing at room temperature.
- the title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-mercaptobenzyl alcohol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3 -chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3 -chloro- 4 -fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with morpholine.
- the title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3 -chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3 -chloro- 3 -fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with thiomorpholine.
- the title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3 -chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3 -chloro- 3 -fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 4 -(1-benzimidazol-2-only)piperidine 4 -( 2 -oxo- 2 , 3 -dihydro- 1 H-benzimidazol- 1 -yl ) piperidine .
- the title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4 -fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4 -fluoro- 3 -trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-acetylpiperazine.
- the title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4 -fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4 -fluoro- 3 -trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 2-(1-morpholinyl)ethylamine.
- the title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4 -fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4 -fluoro- 3 -trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 4-phenylpiperazine.
- the title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4 -fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4 -fluoro- 3 -trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1 -pyrrolidin-2-only)propylamine 3 -( 2 -oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl ) propylamine .
- the title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4 -fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4 -fluoro- 3 -trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with cyclopropylamine.
- Example 37 The compound (100 mg, 0.186 mmol) from Example 37 was dissolved in 0.5 mL of neat trifluoroacetic acid (TFA). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The TFA was then removed under vacuum to give the title compound (105 mg) as a yellow solid.
- TFA trifluoroacetic acid
- a primary biochemical assay measures the ability of the compound in question to block the interaction between the integrin LFA-1 and its adhesion partner ICAM-1, as described below:
- D-PBS Dulbecco's phosphate-buffered saaline
- Recombinant LFA-1 (100 ⁇ L of 0.7 ⁇ g/ml mL, ICOS Corporation) in D-PBS is was then added to each well. Incubation continues continued for 1 hour at room temperature and the wells are were washed twice with wash buffer. Serial dilutions of compounds being assayed as ICAM-1/LFA-1 antagonists, were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), are were diluted in D-PBS, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 1% fish skin gelatin and 50 ⁇ L of each dilution was added to duplicate wells.
- DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
- % inhibition 100 ⁇ ⁇ 1 - average OD w/compound minus background average OD w/o compound minus background ⁇ where “background” refers to wells that are were not coated with anti-LFA-1 antibody.
- JY-8 cells a human EBV-trasformed B cell line expressing LFA-1 on its surface
- 96-well microtiter plates are coated with 70 ⁇ L of recombinat recombinant ICAM-1/Ig (ICOS Corporation) at a concentration of 5 ⁇ g/mL in D-PBS w/o without Ca ++ or Mg++ or Mg ++ overnight at 4° C.
- the wells are were then washed twice with D-PBS and blocked by addition of 200 ⁇ L of D-PBS, 5% fish skin gelatin by incubation for 1 hour at room temperature.
- Fluorescent tagged JY-8 cells (a human EBV-transformed B cell line expresing expressing LFA-1 on its surface; 50 ⁇ L at 2 ⁇ 10 6 cells/ml mL in RPMI 1640/1% fetal bovene bovine serum) are were added to the wells.
- fluorescent labelind labelling of JY-8 cells 5 ⁇ 10 6 cells washed once in RPMI 1640 are were resuspended in 1 mL of RPMI 1640 containing 2 ⁇ M Calceiun AM (Molecular Probes), are were incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes, and washed once with RPMI-1640/1% fetal bovine serum.
- Dilutions of compounds to be assayed for ICAM-1/LFA-1 antagonistic activity are were prepared in RPMI-1640/1% fetal bovine serum from 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and 50 ⁇ L are were added to duplicate wells. Microtiter plates are were incubated for 45 minutes at room temperature and the wells are were washed gently once with RPMI-1640/1% fetal bovine serum. Fluorescent intensity is was measured in a fluorescent plate reader with an excitation wavelength at 485 nM and an emission wavelength at 530 nM.
- % inhibition 100 ⁇ ⁇ 1 - average OD w/compound average OD w/o compound ⁇ and these concentration/inhibition data are were used to generate does response curves, from which IC 50 values are were derived.
- Compounds of the present invention exhibit exhibited blocking activity in the above assay as follows:
- Compounds of the present invention have been demonstrated to act via interaction with the integrin LFA-1, specifically by binding to the interaction domain (I-domain), which is known to be critical for the adhesion of LFA-1 to a variety of cell adhesion molecules. As such, it is expected that these compounds should block the interaction of LFA-1 with other CAM's. This has in fact been demonstrated for the case of ICAM-3.
- Compounds of the present invention may be evaluated for their ability to block the adhesion of JY-8 cells (a human EBV-transformed B cell line expressing LFA-1 on its surface) to immobilized ICAM-3, as follows:
- 96-well microtiter plates are coated with 50 ⁇ L of recombinant ICAM-3/Ig (ICOS Corporation) at a concentration of 10 ⁇ g/mL in D-PBS w/o without Ca ++ or Mg ++ overnight at 4° C.
- the wells are were then washed twice with D-PBS, blocked by addition of 100 ⁇ L of D-PBS, 1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) by incubation for 1 hour at room temperature, and washed once with RPMI-1640/5% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (adhesion buffer).
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- Dilutions of compounds to be assayed for ICAM-3/LFA-1 antagonistic activity are were prepared in adhesion buffer from 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and 100 ⁇ L are were added to duplicate wells.
- JY-8 cells a human EBV-transformed B cell line expressing LFA-1 on its surface; 100 ⁇ L at 0.75 ⁇ 10 6 cells/ml mL in adhesion buffer) are were then added to the wells.
- Microtiter plates are were incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature; the adherent cells are were then fixed with 50 ⁇ L of 14% glutaraldehyde/D-PBS and were incubated for an additional 90 minutes.
- the ability of the compounds of this invention to treat arthritis can be demonstrated in a murine collagen-induced arthritis model according to the method of Kakimoto, et al., Cell Immunol 142: 326-337, 1992, in a rat collagen-induced arthritis model according to the method of Knoerzer, et al., Toxicol Pathol 25:13-19, 1997, in a rat adjuvant arthritis model according to the method of Halloran, et al., Arthitis Arthritis Rheum 39: 810-819, 1996, in a rat streptococcal cell wall-induced arthritis model according to the method of Schimmer, et al., J.
- graft-vs.-host disease graft-vs.-host disease
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Compounds That Contain Two Or More Ring Oxygen Atoms (AREA)
- Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
- Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
- Indole Compounds (AREA)
- Other In-Based Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
- Steroid Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Polysaccharides And Polysaccharide Derivatives (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to novel cinnamide compounds that are useful for treating inflammatory and immune diseases, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, and to methods of inhibiting inflammation or suppressing immune response in a mammal.
Description
The present invention relates to compounds that are useful for treating inflammatory and immune diseases, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, and to methods of inhibiting inflammation or suppressing immune response in a mammal.
Inflammation results from a cascade of events that includes vasodilation accompanied by increased vascular permeability and exudation of fluid and plasma proteins. This disruption of vascular integrity precedes or coincides with an infiltration of inflammatory cells. Inflammatory mediators generated at the site of the initial lesion serve to recruit inflammatory cells to the site of injury. These mediators (chemokines such as IL-8, MCP1, MIP-1, and RANTES, complement fragments and lipid mediators) have chemotactic activity for leukocytes and attract the inflammatory cells to the inflamed lesion. These chemotactic mediators which cause circulating leukocytes to localize at the site of inflammation require the cells to cross the vascular endothelium at a precise location. This leukocyte recruitment is accomplished by a process called cell adhesion.
Cell adhesion occurs through a coordinately regulated series of steps that allow the leukocytes to first adhere to a specific region of the vascular endothelium and then cross the endothelial barrier to migrate to the inflamed tissue (Springer, T. A., 1994, “Traffic Signals for Lymphocyte Recirculation and Leukocyte Emigration: The Multistep Paradigm, Cell ” Cell ( 1994 ) 76:301-314; Lawrence, M. B., and Springer, T. A., 1991, “Leukocytes' Roll on a Selectin at Physiologic Flow Rates: Distinction from and Prerequisite for Adhesion Through Integrins, Cell. ” Cell ( 1991 ) 65:859-873; Von Adrian, U., Chambers, J. D., McEnvoy, L. M., Bargatze, R. F., Arfos, K. E. and Butcher, E. C., 1991, “Two-Step Model of Leukocyte-Endothelial Cell Interactions in Inflammation, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA ” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA ( 1991 ) 88: 7538-7542; and Ley, K., Gaehtgens, P., Fennie, C., Singer, M. S., Lasky, L. H. and Rosen, S. D., 1991, “Lectin-Like Cell Adhesion Molecule 1 Mediates Rolling in Mesenteric Venules in vivo, Blood In Vivo,” Blood ( 1991 ) 77: 2553-2555). These steps are mediated by families of adhesion molecules such as integrins, Ig supergene family members, and selectins which are expressed on the surface of the circulating leukocytes and on the vascular endothelial cells. The first step consists of leukocytes rolling along the vascular endothelial cell lining in the region of inflammation. The rolling step is mediated by an interaction between a leukocyte surface oligosaccharide, such as Sialylated Lewis-X antigen (Slex), and a selectin molecule expressed on the surface of the endothelial cell in the region of inflammation. The selectin molecule is not normally expressed on the surface of endothelial cells but rather is induced by the action of inflammatory mediators such as TNF-α and interleukin-1. Rolling decreases the velocity of the circulating leukocytes in the region of inflammation and allos the cells to more firmly adhere to the endothelial cell. The firm adhesion is accomplished by the interaction of integrin molecules that are present on the surface of the rolling leukocytes and their counter-receptors (the Ig superfamily molecules) on the surface of the endothelial cell. The Ig superfamily molecules or CAMs (Cell Adhesion Molecules) are either not expressed or are expressed at low levels on normal vascular endothelial cells. The CAM's CAMs, like the selectins, are induced by the action of inflammatory mediators like TNF-alpha and IL-1. The final event in the adhesion process is the extravasation of leukocytes through the endothelial cell barrier and their migration along a chemotactic gradient to the site of inflammation. This transmigration is mediated by the conversion of the leukocyte integrin from a low avidity state to a high avidity state. The adhesion process relies on the induced expression of selectins and CAM's CAMs on the surface of vascular endothelial cells to mediate the rolling and firm adhesion of leukocytes to the vascular endothelium.
The interaction of the intercellular adhesion molecule ICAM-1 (cd54) on endothelial cells with the integrin LFA-1 on leukocytes plays an important role in endothelial-leukocyte contact. Leukocytes bearing high-affinity LFA-1 adhere to endothelial cells through interaction with ICAM-1, initiating the process of extravasation from the vasculature into the surrounding tissues. Thus, an agent which blocks the ICAM-1/LFA-1 interaction suppresses these early steps in the inflammatory response. Consistent with this background, ICAM-1 knockout mice have numerous abnormalities in their inflammatory responses.
The present invention application discloses compounds which bind to the interaction-domain (1-domain) (I-domain) of LFA-1, thus interrupting endothelial cell-leukocyte adhesion by blocking the interaction of LFA-1 with ICAM-1, ICAM-3, and other adhesion molecules. These compounds are useful for the treatment of prophylaxis of diseases in which leukocyte trafficking plays a role, notably acute and chronic inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, tumor metastasis, allograft rejection, and reperfusion injury. The compounds of this invention are diaryl sulfides, which are substituted with a cinnamide moiety. The cinnamide functionality may be placed either ortho- or para- to the linking sulfur atom, although para-substitution is preferable. Appropriate substitution of both aromatic rings is tolerated, and can be used to modulate a variety of biochemical, physicochemical and pharmacokinetic properties. In particular the amide moiety is readily modified; a variety of secondary and tertiary amides are active, and alternatively a heterocyclic ring may be attached at this position. Modifications of this amide functionality are particularly useful in modulating physico-chemical and pharmacokinetic properties.
In one embodiment of the present invention are disclosed compounds represented by structural Formula I, below,
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug thereof of a compound of Formula I,
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug thereof of a compound of Formula I,
-
- wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently selected from
- a. hydrogen,
- b. halogen,
- c. alkyl,
- d. haloalkyl,
- e. alkoxy,
- f. cyano,
- g. nitro,
- h. carboxaldehyde, and
- with the proviso that at leastwhere one or both of R1 orand R3, which may be the same or different, is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, defined as
- whereinwhere R8 and R9 are each independently selected from
-
- a. hydrogen, and
- b. alkyl,
- c. carboxy alkyl,
- d. alkylaminocarbonyl alkyl monoalkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
- e. dialkylaminocarbonyl alkyl,
-
- and R10 and R11 are each independently selected from
-
- a. hydrogen,
- b. alkyl,
- c. cycloalkyl,
- d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
- e. hydroxyalkyl, and
- f. heterocyclylalkyl,
- or where NR10R11 is R10 and R 11 are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
- 1) alkyl,
- 2) alkoxy,
- 3) alkoxyalkyl,
- 4) cycloalkyl,
- 5) aryl,
- 6) heterocyclyl,
- 7) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
- 8) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
- 9) hydroxy,
- 10) hydroxyalkyl,
- 11) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
- 12) carboxy,
- 13) carboxycarbonyl,
- 14) carboxaldehyde,
- 15) alkoxycarbonyl,
- 16) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
- 17) aminoalkanoyl,
- 18) carboxamido,
- 19) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
- 20) carboxamidoalkyl,
- 21) alkanoyl,
- 22) hydroxyalkanoyl,
- 23) alkanoyloxy,
- 24) alkanoylamino,
- 25) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
- 26) alkylsulfonyl,
R1 , if it is not “cis-cinnamide” or “trans-cinnamide”, as defined above, R 3 , if it is not “cis-cinnamide” or “trans-cinnamide”, as defined above, R 2 , R 4 , and R 5 , are each independently selected from
-
- a. hydrogen,
- b. halogen,
- c. alkyl,
- d. haloalkyl,
- e. alkoxy,
- f. cyano,
- g. nitro, and
- h. carboxaldehyde,
and wherein Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where substitutionsthe substituents are each independently selected from - a. hydrogen,
- b.a. halogen,
- c.b. alkyl,
- d.c. aryl,
- e.d. haloalkyl,
- f.e. hydroxy,
- g.f. alkoxy,
- h.g. alkoxycarbonyl,
- i.h. alkoxyalkoxy,
- j.i. hydroxyalkyl,
- k.j. aminoalkyl,
- l.k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
- m.l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
- n.m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
- o.n. carboxaldehyde,
- p.o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
- q.p. carboxamide,
- r.q. alkoxycarbonyl alkyl,
- s.r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl (carboxyalkyl),
- t.s. cyano,
- u.t. amino,
- v.u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
- w.v. “trans-cinnamide”.,
subject to the proviso that when R 3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide,” as defined above, one or more than one of the following conditions is fulfilled: - (A) Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, or a substituted aryl group;
- (B) one or more than one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , and R 5 , as defined above, are other than hydrogen; and
- (C) R 10 and R 11 are taken together with N to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, as defined above.
- wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently selected from
In another embodiment of the invention are disclosed compounds represented by structural Formula I, above, when prepared by synthetic processes or by metabolic processes. Preparation of the compounds of the present invention by metabolic processes include those occurring in the human or animal body (in vivo) or by processes occurring in vitro.
In another embodiment of the invention are disclosed methods of treatment or prophylaxis in which the inhibition of inflammation or suppression of immune response is desired, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound having Formula I.
In yet another embodiment of the invention are disclosed pharmaceutical compositions containing compounds of Formula I.
Definition of Terms
The term “alkanoyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
The term “alkanoylamino” as used herein refers to an alkanoyl group attached to the parent molecular group though an amino group.
The term “alkanoyloxy” as used herein refers to an alkanoyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen radical.
The term “alkanoyloxyalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkanoyloxy group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “alkoxy” as used herein refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
The term “alkoxyalkoxy” as used herein refers to an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkoxy group.
The term “alkoxyalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “alkoxycarbonyl” as used herein refers to an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
The term “alkoxycarbonylalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkoxycarbonyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “alkyl” as used herein refers to a saturated straight or branched chain radical group of 1-10 carbon atoms derived from an alkane by the removal of one hydrogen atom.
The term “alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)amino” as used herein refers to an amino group substituted with one alkyl group and one alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
The term “alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)amino group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “alkylene” as used herein refers to a divalent group of 1-10 carbon atoms derived from a straight or branched chain alkane by the removal of two hydrogen atoms.
The term “alkylsulfonyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl radical attached to the parent molecular group through an —SO2— group.
The term “amino” as used herein refers to a radical of the form —NR18R19, or to to a radical of the form —NR18—, where R18 and R19 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl or cycloalkyl.
The term “aminoalkanoyl” as used herein refers to to an amino group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkanoyl group.
The term “aminoalkyl” as used herein refers to an amino group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “aryl” as used herein refers to a mono- or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or two aromatic rings. The aryl group can also be fused to a cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclopentane or cyclopentene ring. The aryl groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, or alkoxy substituents.
The term “arylalkoxy” as used herein refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkoxy group.
The term “arylalkoxycarbonyl” as used herein refers to an arylalkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
The term “carboxaldehyde” as used herein refers to the radical —CHO.
The term “carboxaldehyde hydrazone” as used herein refers to the radical —CH═N—NR20R21, where R20 and R21 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl or cycloalkyl.
The terms “carboxamide” or “carboxamido” as used herein refer to an amino group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
The term “carboxamidoalkyl” as used herein refers to a carboxamido group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “carboxy” as used herein refers to the radical —COOH.
The term “carboxycarbonyl” as used herein refers to a carboxy group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
The term “cyano” as used herein refers to the radical —CN.
The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein refers to a monovalent saturated cyclic or bicyclic hydrocarbon group of 3-12 carbons derived from a cycloalkane by the removal of a single hydrogen atom. Cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, halo, or hydroxy substituents.
The terms “halo” or “halogen” as used herein refers to F, Cl, Br, or I.
The term “haloalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
The terms “heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl” represent a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The 4- and 5-membered rings have zero to two double bonds and the 6- and 7-membered rings have zero to three double bonds. The term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclic” as used herein additionally refers to bicyclic, tricyclic and tetracyclic groups in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to one or two rings independently selected from an aryl ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopenetene ring or another monocyclic heterocyclic ring. Heterocycles include acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, biotinyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dithiazolyl, furyl, homopiperidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, oxadizolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidin-2-onyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxaloyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl,triazolyl, and the like.
Heterocyclics also include bridged bicyclic groups where a monocyclic heterocyclic group is bridged by an alkylene group such as
and the like.
and the like.
Heterocyclics also include compounds of the formula
where X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2—, —CH2NH—, —CH2O—, —NH— and —O—, with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH2—, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v—, where R″ is hydrogen or alkyl of one to four carbons, and v is 1-3. These heterocycles include 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, 1,3-benzimidazol-2-one and the like. The heterocycle groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, hydroxy or alkoxy substituents.
where X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2—, —CH2NH—, —CH2O—, —NH— and —O—, with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH2—, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v—, where R″ is hydrogen or alkyl of one to four carbons, and v is 1-3. These heterocycles include 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, 1,3-benzimidazol-2-one and the like. The heterocycle groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, hydroxy or alkoxy substituents.
The term “heterocyclylalkyl” as used herein refers to an heterocyclic group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “heterocyclylalkylamino” as used herein refers to an heterocyclylalkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an amino group.
The term “heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl” as used herein refers to a heterocyclylalkylamino group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
The term “heterocyclylcarbonyl” as used herein refers to a heterocyclyl group attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
The term “hydroxyalkanoyl” as used herein refers to an hydroxy radical attached to the parent molecular group through an alkanoyl group.
The term “hydroxyalkoxy” as used herein refers to an hydroxy radical attached to the parent molecular group through an alkoxy group.
The term “hydroxyalkoxyalkyl” as used herein refers to an hydroxyalkoxy group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “hydroxyalkyl” as used herein refers to an hydroxy radical attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group.
The term “perfluoroalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluoride atoms.
The term “phenyl” as used herein refers to a monocyclic carbocyclic ring system having one aromatic ring. The phenyl group can also be fused to a cyclohexane or cyclopentane ring. The phenyl groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, hydroxy or alkoxy substituents.
The term “pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrugs” as used herein represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals with without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the invention.
The term “prodrug”, as used herein, represents compounds which are rapidly transformed in vivo to the parent compound of the above formula, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
The term “thioalkoxy” as used herein refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through a sulfur atom.
Compounds of the present invention can exist as stereoisomers wherein asymmetric or chiral centers are present. These compounds are designated by the symbols “R” or “S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom. The present invention contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers are designated (±). Individual stereoisomers of compounds of the present invention can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain asymmetric or chiral centers or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by resolution well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art. These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary, (2) salt formation employing an optically active resolving agent, or (3) direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns.
Geometric isomers can also exist in the compounds of the present invention. The present invention contemplates the various geometric isomers and mixtures thereof resulting from the arrangement of substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond or arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring. Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being in the Zj or E configuration wherein the term “Z” represents substituents on the same side of the carbon-carbon double bond and the term “E” represents substituents on opposite sides of the carbon-carbon double bond. The arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring are designated as cis or trans wherein the term “cis” represents substituents on the same side of the plane of the ring and the term “trans” represents substituents on opposite sides of the plane of the ring. Mixtures of compounds wherein the substituents are disposed on both the same and opposite sides of plane of the ring are designated cis/trans.
As is apparent from the foregoing descriptions, the compounds of Formula I are useful in a variety of forms, i.e., with various substitutions as identified. Examples of particularly desirable compounds are quite diverse, and many are mentioned herein. Included are compounds in which R1 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, and R3 is hydrogen; or where R3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, and R1 is hydrogen, or R1, R2, and R4 are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and R5 is halogen, haloalkyl or nitro. Further preferred compounds include those as above wherein R10 and R11 are each in dependently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylaalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, or where NR10R11, is heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl, and where Ar is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl.
Compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to:
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-(E-((6-hydroxyhexylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-E-((3-(1-imidazolyl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((2-hydroxyethylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((6-hydroxyhexylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((3-(1-pyrrolidin-2-only)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- ( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 3 -( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-(2-pyridyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-(Hydroxymethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-(2-hydroxyethoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((3-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((3-acetamidopyrrolidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-(hydroxypiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((3-carboxypiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-carboxypiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-acetylhomopiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((thiomorpholin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-(1-benzimidazol-2-only)piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- ( 2-Bromophenyl) 2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4 -( 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((2-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Methyliphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4-(E-((2-(-morpholinyl)ethylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- ( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4 -(E-(( 2 -( 1-morpholinyl)ethylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4-(E-((4-phenylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4-(E-((3-(1-pyrrolidin-2-only)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- ( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4 -(E-(( 3 -( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4-(E-((cyclopropylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((3-(1-pyrrolidin-2-only)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- ( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl) 2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 3 -( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,3-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (4-Bromophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (4-Methylphenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-(2-furoylcarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-(methanesulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-(diethylaminocarbonylmethyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-(diethylaminocarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-(carboxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-(carboxymethyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Methylphenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Chlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Aminophenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Hydroxymethyl)phenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Ethylphenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-iso-Propylphenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-tert-Butylphenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Chlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl))2-propenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-(1-Morpholinylmethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-(4-(1,3-Benzodioxolyl-5-methyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-(4-(iso-Propylaminocarbonylmethyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-((N-Ethoxycarbonylmethyl-N-methyl)aminomethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Formylphenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-(4-Formylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-(E-((1-Morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Formylphenyl)[2-nitro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2-Formylphenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide, N,N-dimethyl hydrazone;
- (2-((3-(1-Morpholinyl)propyl)-1-amino)phenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-bromo-4-(E-((3-(1-pyrrolidin-2-only)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- ( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-bromo-4 -(E-(( 3 -( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-formyl-4-(E-((1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide; and
- (2-Chloro-6-formylphenyl)[2-chloro-4-(E-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide.
Pharmaceutical Compositions and Methods of Treatment
The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions which comprise compounds of the present invention formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers.The pharmaceutical compositions may be specially formulated for oral administration in solid or liquid form, for parenteral injection, or for rectal administration.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, or as an oral or nasal spray. The term “parenteral” administration as used herein refers to modes of administration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous and intraarticular injection and infusion.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention for parenteral injection comprise pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservative preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like, . Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of the drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly (orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues.
The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or (a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, (b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, and acacia, (c) humectants such as glycerol, (d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, (e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, (f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, (g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, (h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and (I i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically-acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethyl formamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifing and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers sucha s cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
Compounds of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposomes. As is known in the art, liposomes are generally derived from phospholipids or other lipid substances. Liposomes are formed by mono- or multi-lamellar hydrated liquid crystals that are dispersed in an aqueous medium. Any non-toxic, physiologically-acceptable and metabolizable lipid capable of forming liposomes can be used. The present compositions in liposome form can contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, stabilizers, preservatives, excipients, and the like. The preferred lipids are the phospholipids and the phosphatidyl cholines (lecithins), both natural and synthetic.
Methods to form liposomes are known in the art. See, for example, Prescott, Ed., Methods in Cell Biology Volume XIV, Academic Press, New York, N.Y. (1976), p. 33 et seq.
The compounds of the present invention may be used in the form of pharmaceutically-acceptable salts derived from inorganic or organic acids. By “pharmaceutically-acceptable salt” is meant those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts are well-known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge, et al. Describe , describe pharmaceutically-acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences , J. Pharmaceutical Sciences ( 1977 ) 1977, 66; 1 et seq. The salts may be prepared in situ in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention or separately by reacting a free base function with a suitable acid. Representative acid addition salts include, but are not limited to acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, digluconate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, fumarate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate (isethionate), lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, phosphate, glutamate, bicarbonate, p-toluenesulfonate and undecanoate. Also, the basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates; long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; arylalkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others. Water Water-soluble, or oil-soluble, or dispersible products are thereby obtained. Examples of acids which may be employed to form pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include such inorganic acids as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid and phosphoric acid and such organic acids as oxalic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid and citric acid.
Basic addition salts can be prepared in situ in situ during the final isolation and purification of compounds of this invention by reacting a carboxylic acid-containing moiety with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Pharmaceutically-acceptable basic addition salts include, but are not limited to, cations based on alkali metals or alkaline earth metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium and , aluminum salts and the like and nontoxic quaternary ammonia and amine cations including ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine and the like. Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, piperazine and the like.
Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments and inhalants. The active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required. Opthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders and solutions are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
Actual dosage levels of active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active compound(s) that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, compositions, and mode of administration. The selected dosage level will depend upon the activity of the particular compound, the route of administration, the severity of the condition being treated, and the condition and prior medical history of the patient being treated. However, it is within the skill of the art to start doses of the compound at levels lower than required for to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
Generally dosage levels of about 0.1 to about 50 mg, more preferably of about 5 to about 20 mg of active compound per kilogram of body weight per day are administered orally or intravenously to a mammalian patient. If desired, the effective daily dose may be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration, e.g. two to four separate doses per day.
Preparation of Compounds of this Invention
The compounds and processes of the present invention may be better understood in connection with the following synthetic schemes which illustrate the methods by which the compounds of the invention can be prepared.
Scheme 1 describes the synthesis of a typical cinnamide-substituted diaryl sulfide 4 through an aldehyde intermediate 2. Aldehyde 2 is prepared by reaction of a thiophenol (for example 2,4-dichlorothiophenol, 2-bromothiophenol, or the like) with halo-substituted benzaldehyde derivative 1 (e.g. 2-chlorobenzaldehyde, 3-chloro,4-fluorobenzaldehyde, or the like) in the presence of base (e.g. sodium carbonate, triethylamine, or the like) and a polar solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, or the like). The aldehyde group is homologated to the corresponding cinnamic acid 3, using an acetate equivalent (for example, malonic acid, triethoxyphosphonoacetate, or the like) in the presence of an appropriate base and solvent. In some cases, it may be necessary to hydrolyze an intermediate ester (for example using sodium hydroxide in alcohol). The acid group is activated (for example using thionyl chloride, or dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and N-hydroxysuccinimide, or the like) and reacted with a primary or secondary amine (for example, 6-aminohexanol, pyrrolidone-3-propylamine, or the like) to provide the desired analog 4. In one variant, a haloacetophenone can replace benzaldehyde 2; the resultant cinnamides 4 are substituted with a methyl group at the 3-position.
Alternatively, the order of these coupling steps may be reversed (Scheme 2). A substituted halocinnamic acid 5 (e.g. 3-chloro,2-nitrocinnamic acid or the like) may be coupled with a primary or secondary amine (e.g. N-acetylpiperazine or the like) as described above to give the corresponding amide 6. The halo-group can then be displaced with a substituted thiophenol in the presence of base to provide the product 7.
A number of the compounds described herein may be prepared from intermediate benzylic alcohols like 8 (Scheme 3) Activation of the alcohol moiety (for example, using phosphorus tribromide or methanesulfonyl chloride and lithium halide in dimethylformamide) and displacement with a primary or secondary amine (e.g. morpholine, N-formylpiperazine or the like) provides analogs with structures related to 9. Alternatively the alcohol may be oxidized (for example using TPAP or PCC or the like) to give aldehyde 10.
Cinnamides like 13 may be prepared from halo-substituted derivatives 11 by palladium-mediated coupling [e.g. using tetrakis (o-tolyl phosphine) palladium (0), Pd2 (dba)3, or the like] with acrylamide derivatives 12 (Scheme 4). In similar manner, anilino-cinnamides like 16 can be prepared by palladium-mediated coupling of amines 15 with halo-cinnamides 14.
In some cases, functional groups on the aromatic rings can be modified to produce new analogs (Scheme 5). For example, a nitro group in compounds like 17 may be reduced (for example, with tin(II) chloride, or by catalytic hydrogenation, or the like) to the corresponding amine 18. This amine may then itself be converted to a halogen, for example by diazotization using nitrous acid or t-butyl nitrite in the presence of a metal halide salt like cupric bromide, providing analog 19.
It is also possible to assemble cinnamide-substituted diaryl sulfides in a “reverse” sense (Scheme 6). Thus, for example, compound 20, prepared as described in Scheme 1, may be deprotected by treatment with base (e.g. potassium t-butoxide or the like) to provide thiolate anion 21, which may be reacted with an activated haloarene (e.g. 2,3-dichlorobenzaldehyde, 3-chloro,4-fluorobenzaldehyde or the like) to provide the corresponding product 22.
The compounds and processes of the present invention will be better understood in connection with the following examples which are intended as an illustration of and not a limitation upon the scope of the invention.
To a stirred solution of 2,4-dichlorothiophenol (2.0 g, 11.2 mmol) in 25 mL of anhydrous DMF was added potassium carbonate (3.09 g, 22.4 mmol), followed by 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (1.26 mL, 11.3 mmol). The mixture was then heated under nitrogen atmosphere at 70° C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature and partitioned between ether and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether once and the combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and condensed in vacuo. The crude product was purified via silica gel flash chromatography, eluting with 5-10% ether/hexanes, to give 2.62 g (9.25 mmol, 83%) of the desired aldehyde as a colorless oil, which solidified slowly upon standing at room temperature.
A mixture of the aldehyde (1.50 g, 5.3 mmol) from Example 1A, malonic acid (1.21 g, 11.6 mmol), piperidine (78.6 μL, 0.80 mmol) in 8.0 mL of anhydrous pyridine was heated at 110° C. for 2 hours. Gas evolution ceased during this period. Pyridine was then removed under vacuum. Water and 3N aq. HCl were then added with stirring. The desired cinnamic acid was then collected through filtration, washed with cold water and dried in a vacuum oven overnight to give 1.56 g (4.8 mmol, 91%) of white solid.
A suspension of the acid (284 mg, 0.87 mmol) from Example 1B in 5 mL of methylene chloride was stirred with (COCl)2 (84 μL, 0.97 mmol), and one drop of DMF under nitrogen atmosphere for 90 minutes. The solvent was then removed under vacuum. The residue (COCl)2 was removed with benzene (2×) in vacuo. To a separate flask, previously filled with 6-amino-1-hexanol (12 mg, 0.10 mmol), Hunig's base (22.8 μL, 0.13 mmol) and DMAP (1.1 mg, 0.008 mmol) in 2.0 mL of CH2Cl2, the acid chloride (30 mg, 0.087 mmol) in 1.0 mL of CH2Cl2 was then dropped in slowly. After 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was poured into 3N HCl and extracted with ethyl aceetate (EtOAc). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried with Na2SO4, condensed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC to give 21.0 mg (90%) of the title compound as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.31-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.48-1.70 (m, 4H), 3.37 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 5.63 (br s, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.65 (dd, J=2.1, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H). MS (DSI/NH3) (M+NH4)+ at m/z 441, 443, 445.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1C substituting 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole. White powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.88 (p, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (q, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.63 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J=2.7, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.72 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 448, 450, 452. Analysis calculated for C21H19N3O1Cl3S1.0.87H2O: C, 56.30; H, 4.67; N, 9.38. Found: C, 56.30; H, 4.56; N, 9.27.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with ethanolamine. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 3.57 (q, J=7.65 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (q, J=7.65 Hz, 2H), 6.06 (br s, 1H), 6.40 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.49-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 402, 404, 406, 408. Analysis calculated for C17H14N1O2Cl3S1.0.25H2O: C, 50.14; H, 3.59; N, 3.44. Found: C, 50.16; H, 3.62; N, 3.29.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.42 (m, 4H), 1.58 (m, 4H), 3.40 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (br m, 2H), 5.60 (br t, 1H), 6.35 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.49-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 458, 460, 462, 464. Analysis calculated for C21H22N1O2Cl3S1.0.27H2O: C, 54.39; H, 4.90; N, 3.02. Found: C, 54.40; H, 4.85; N, 2.71.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with diethanolamine. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.99 (br s, 2H), 3.67 (br m, 4H), 3.88 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 446, 448, 450, 452. Analysis calculated for C19H18N1O3Cl3S1.1.09H2O: C, 48.93; H, 4.36; N, 3.00. Found: C, 48.88; H, 4.00; N, 3.01.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-(3-aminopropyl)-2-pyrrolidinone. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.74 (qu, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.09 (qu, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (t, J=8.25 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (q, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (q, J=8.25 Hz, 4H), 6.46 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.30 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H). 7.51 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 483, 485, 487, 489. Analysis calculated for C22H21N2O2Cl3S1.0.57H2O: C, 53.48; H, 4.52; N, 5.67. Found: C, 53.49; H, 4.60; N, 5.65.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with morpholine. White solid; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 3.59-3.80 (m, 8H), 6.83 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.49-753 (m, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 428, 430, 432, 434. Analysis calculated for C19H16N1O2Cl3S1.0.46H2O: C, 52.22; H, 3.90; N, 3.20. Found: C, 52.20; H, 3.76; N, 3.12.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-methylpiperazine. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.51 (br m, 4H), 3.64-3.87 (br m, 4H), 6.85 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.27 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 441, 443, 445, 447. Analysis calculated for C20H19N2O1Cl3S1.0.45H2O: C, 53.39; H, 4.46; N, 6.23. Found: C, 53.37; H, 4.46; N, 6.07.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-acetylpiperazine. White solid; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.15 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.85 (m, 6H), 6.85 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.54 (dd, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 486, 488, 490, 492. Analysis calculated for C21H19N2O2Cl3S1.0.85H2O: C, 51.99; H, 4.30; N, 5.77. Found: C, 52.03; H, 4.27; N, 5.67.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-(2-pyridyl)piperazine. White solid; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 3.59 (br m, 2H), 3.69 (br m, 2H), 3.78 (br m, 2H), 3.86 (br m, 2H), 6.64-6.72 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.31 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.19-8.24 (m, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 504, 506, 508, 510. Analysis calculated for C24H20N3O1Cl3S1: C, 57.10; H, 3.99; N, 8.32. Found: C, 57.12; H, 4.06; N, 8.29.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-mercaptobenzyl alcohol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with morpholine. White solid; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 3.50-3.62 (br m, 6H), 3.65-3.74 (br m, 2H), 4.54 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 5.33 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J=1.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=2.1, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J=1.5, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 390, 392. Analysis calculated for C20H20N1O3Cl1S1.0.09H2O: C, 61.35; H, 5.20; N, 3.58. Found: C, 61.37; H, 5.48; N, 3.81.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with morpholine. White solid; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 3.50-3.66 (br m, 6H), 3.66-3.79 (br m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J=2.1, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J=2.1, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J=1.8, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=1.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=2.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 438, 440, 442.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-hydroxyethylpiperazine. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.85-3.20 (br m, 6H), 3.84-4.29 (m, 6H), 6.80 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 471, 473, 475, 477.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]piperazine. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.73 (br m, 6H), 3.58-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.68-4.00 (m, 8H), 6.84 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.54 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.65 (overlapping d, 1H). MS (DCIINH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 515, 517, 519, 521.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 3-hydroxymethylpiperidine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 8.07 (d, J=17.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (br s, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd 7.7, 1.5, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J=8.1 2.9, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.16 (br m, 2H), 1.2-1.8 (m, 8H). HRMS calculated for C21H21N1O2S1Br1Cl1: 466.0243. Observed: 466.0247.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 2-hydroxymethylpiperidine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 4.79 (m, 2H), 4.61 (m, 2H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 1.50 (m, 6H). HRMS calculated for C21H21N1O2S1Br1Cl1: 466.0243. Observed: 466.0247.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 3-acetamidopyrrolidine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 8.14 (m, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J=9.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.1, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.47 (m, 4H), 7.10 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J=8.1, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 3.45-4.34 (m, 6H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.81 (ap d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), HRMS calculated for C21H20N2O2S1Br1Cl1: 479.0196. Observed: 479.0183.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 4-hydroxypiperidine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 8.08 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=8.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=8.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (ap dd, J=7.5, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (ap d, J=3.7 Hz 2H), 7.34 (dt, J=7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=7.5, 1.7 Hz 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (br s, 1H), 4.01 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H). HRMS calculated for C20H19N1O2S1Br1Cl1: 452.0087. Observed: 452.0076.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with piperidine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 8.08 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=8.1, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=8.1, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (ap dd, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (ap d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (dt, J=7.5, 1.6, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=7.5, 1.7, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (br m, 2H), 3.53 (br m, 2H), 1.62 (br m, 2H), 1.50 (br m, 4H). HRMS calculated for C20H19N1O1S1Br1Cl1: 436.0130. Observed: 436.0122.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with nipecotic acid. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.44-1.68 (br m, 1H), 1.68-2.00 (br m, 2H), 2.51-2.67 (br m, 1H), 3.13-3.37 (br m, 1H), 3.80-4.12 (br m, 1H), 4.30-5.00 (br m, 3H), 6.86 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (br d, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 470, 472, 474, 476.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with isonipecotic acid. Colorless oil; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.68-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.13 (br m, 1H), 3.17-3.38 (br, m, 1H), 3.93-4.12 (br m, 1H), 4.38-4.59 (br m, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.28 (dd, J=1.8,8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 470, 472, 474, 476.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-3-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 4-acetylhomopiperazine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 8.10 (m, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.77 (m, 8H), 1.97 (m, 3H), 1.68 (m, 2H). HRMS calculated for C22H22N2O2S1Br1Cl1: 493.0352. Observed: 493.0352.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-3-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with thiomorpholine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) 68.10 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.48 (m, 4H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J=8.1, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 4H). HRMS calculated for C19H17N1O1S2Br1Cl1: 455.9681. Observed: 455.9676.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-3-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 4-(1-benzimidazol-2-only)piperidine 4-( 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 8.14 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=7.9, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.1, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (ap s, 2H), 7.44 (dt, J=7.5, 1.2, 1H), 7.34 (dt, J=7.6, 1.6, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J=7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=8.1, 1H), 6.97 (ap d, J=2.6, 3H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.29 (m, 2H), 1.78 (m, 2H). HRMS calculated for C27H23N3O2SBr1Cl1: 568.0461. Observed: 568.0477.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-bromothiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzadehyde 3-chloro-3-fluoro-benzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with tetrahydroisoquinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 8.12 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=7.7. 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.3, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J=7.5, 1.3 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (dt, J=7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (m, 4H), 7.05 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 4.72 (s, 1H), 3.95 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (t, J=5.3 HZ, 1H), 2.83 (t, J=3.7, 1H). HRMS calculated for C24H19N1O2S1Br1Cl1: 484.0138. Observed: 484.0128.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-acetylpiperazine. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.79 (s, 1H); 7.63 (d, J=15.4 Hz, 1H); 7.51 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H); 7.41-7.33 (m, 3H); 7.28 (m, 1H); 6.83 (d, J=15.4 Hz, 1H); 6.79 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H); 3.80-3.60 (m, 6H); 3.57-3.50 (m, 2H); 2.34 (s, 3H); 2.14 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z 919 (2M+Na)+, 897 (2M+H)+, 471 (M+Na)+, 449 (M+H)+.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with morpholine. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 7.79 (s, 1H); 7.63 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H); 7.52 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H); 7.40-7.30 (m, 3H); 7.28 (m, 1H); 6.87 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H); 6.84 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H); 3.73 (br s, 8H); 2.34 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z 837 (2M+Na)+, 815 (2M+H)+, 408 (M+H)+.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 2-(1-morpholinyl)ethylamine. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.80 (s, 1H); 7.56 (d, J=15.8 Hz, 1H); 7.50 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H); 7.40-7.32 (m, 3H); 7.28 (m, 1H); 6.79 (d, J=15.8 Hz, 1H); 6.40 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H); 3.75 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H); 3.51 (q, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H); 2.55-2.48 (m, 4H); 2.34 (s, 3H ). MS (ESI) m/z 923 (2M+Na)+, 473 (M+Na)+, 451 (M+H)+.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 4-phenylpiperazine. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.81 (s, 1H); 7.64 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H); 7.51 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 7.40-7.27 (m, 6H); 6.98-6.90 (m, 4H); 6.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 3.88 (br s, 4H); 2.23 (br s, 4H); 2.34 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z 987 (2M+Na)+, 965 (2M+H)+, 505 (M+Na)+, 483 (M+H)+, 451.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-pyrrolidin-2-only)propylamine 3-( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamine. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.78 (s, 1H); 7.53 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H); 7.49 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H); 7.40-7.33 (m, 3H); 7.14 (m, 1H); 6.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 6.43 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H); 3.41 (m, 4H); 3.32 (q, J=6.1 Hz, 2H); 2.43 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H); 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.08 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z 947 (2M+Na)+, 925 (2M+H)+, 4.85 (M+Na)+, 463 (M+H)+.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-methylthiophenol, 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzadehyde 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with cyclopropylamine. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.76 (s, 1H); 7.56 (d, J=15.4 Hz, 1H); 7.50 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); 7.40-7.30 (m, 3H); 7.28 (m, 1H); 6.88 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); 6.30 (d, J=15.4 Hz, 1H); 5.70 (br s, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H); 2.34 (s, 3H); 0.85 (m, 2H); 0.57 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z 777 (2M+Na)+, 755 (2M+H)+, 400 (M+Na)+, 378 (M+H)+.
To a stirred solution of trans-4-chloro-3-nitrocinnamic acid (1.50 g, 6.59 mmol) and 1-acetylpiperazine (0.89 g, 6.94 mmol) in 20 mL of DMF at room temperature was added EDAC (1.4 g, 7.30 mmol). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TLC indicated the complete consumption of the acid. Water was then added to quench the reaction and to precipitate out the product. Cinnamide was then collected through filtration and washed with cold water. The light yellow product was dried in a vacuum oven overnight at 40° C. to give 2.04 g (6.03 mmol, 91.6%) of the title compound.
To a stirred solution of 4-chloro-3-nitro-cinnamide (275 mg, 0.814 mmol) from Example 32A in 1.0 mL of DMF was added potassium carbonate (169 mg, 1.22 mmol), followed by the dropwise addition of 2,4-dichlorothiophenol (146 mg, 0.815 mmol). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 60 minutes. Completion of the reaction was indicated by the TLC. Water was then added to precipitate the product. Filtration, washing with cold water, and drying in a vacuum oven afforded 350 mg (0.728 mmol, 89%) of the titled title compound as a light yellow solid. 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.05 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.50 (br m, 4H), 3.50-3.64 (br m, 2H), 3.64-3.79 (br m, 2H), 6.83 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=2.7, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 497, 499, 501. Analysis calculated for C21H19N3O4Cl2S1.0.82H2O: C, 50.94; H, 4.20; N, 8.49. Found: C, 50.91; H, 4.21; N, 8.69.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 1-acetylpiperazine with 1-(3-aminopropyl)-2-pyrrolidinone. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.64 (p, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (p, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.21 (dd, J=9.9, 17.7 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (overlapping t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=2.4, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 494, 496.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32B substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2,3-dichlorothiophenol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.04 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.50 (br m, 4H), 3.50-3.64 (br m, 2H), 3.64-3.79 (br m, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (t, J=7.65 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=2.7, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 497, 499, 501.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 4-bromothiophenol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.04 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.68 (br m, 1H), 3.74 (br m, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.78 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (dd, J=2.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.65 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 507, 509.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with p-thiocresol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.68 (br m, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+NH4)+ at m/z 443.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 1-acetylpiperazine with tert-butyl piperazine carboxylate. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.42 (s, 9H), 3.36 (overlapping m, 4H), 3.55 (br m, 2H), 3.70 (br m, 2H), 6.83 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 538, 540, 542.
Trifluoroacetic Acid Salt
The compound (100 mg, 0.186 mmol) from Example 37 was dissolved in 0.5 mL of neat trifluoroacetic acid (TFA). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The TFA was then removed under vacuum to give the title compound (105 mg) as a yellow solid.
To a stirred solution of piperazine TFA salt (35 mg, 0.067 mmol) from Example 38A in 2.0 mL of CH2Cl2 was added Et3N (23 μL, 0.17 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) (1.0 mg, 0.0082 mmol), and furyl chloride (8.0 μL, 0.080 mmol). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes before the solvent was removed. The crude product was purified with Gilson HPLC system, YMC C-18 column, 75×30 mm I.D., S-5 μM, 120 Å, and a flow rate of 25 mL/min, λ=214, 245 nm; mobile phase A, 0.05 M NH4Oac NH4 OAc, and B, CH3CN; linear gradient 20-100% of B in 20 minutes to give the title compound (24 mg, 67%) as a light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 3.62-3.87 (br m, 8H), 6.66 (q, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=2.4, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=2.1, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 532, 534, 536.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 38B substituting furoyl chloride with methanesulfonyl chloride. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.90 (s, 3H), 3.25 (br m, 4H), 3.68 (br m, 2H), 3.83 (br m, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=2.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) (M+H)+ at m/z 516, 518, 520.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 38B substituting furoyl chloride with 2-chloro-N,N-diethylacetamide. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.01 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.46 (br m, 4H), 3.16 (s, 2H), 3.24 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (br m, 2H), 3.69 (br m, 2H), 6.83 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=2.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) (M+NH4)+ at m/z 573, 575, 577.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 38B substituting furoyl chloride with N,N-diethylcarbamyl chloride. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.06 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 3.12 (br m, 4H), 3.15 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 4H), 3.58 (br m, 2H), 3.72 (br m, 2H), 6.83 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=2.7, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 537, 539, 541.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 38B substituting CH2CL2 with CH3CN as solvent, and furoyl chloride with tert-butyl bromoacetate. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.70 (br m, 4H), 3.21 (s, 2H), 3.74 (br m, 2H), 3.82 (br m, 2H), 6.73 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (br d, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 552, 554, 556.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 38B substituting furoyl chloride with ethyl oxalyl chloride.
To a stirred solution of the ethyl ester (40 mg, 0.074 mmol) from Example 43A in 2 mL of ethanol was added saturated LiOH (0.25 mL). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water (2 mL) was then added to the reaction mixture, which was then acidified to pH=2 with concentrated HCl. The precipitates were collected through filtration, washed with cold water, dried under vacuum to give the titled title compound (30 mg, 79%) as a light yellow solid. 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 3.52 (br m, 4H), 3.62 (br m, 2H), 3.76 (br m, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=2.7, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (br d, 1H). MS (APCI) (M—COO)+ at m/z 466, 468, 470.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 38A substituting compound from Example 37 with compound from Example 42. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 3.14 (s, 2H), 3.40 (overlapping br m, 4H), 3.44 (br m, 1H), 3.51 (br m, 1H), 3.57 (br m, 1H), 3.71 (br m, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 496, 498, 500.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with o-thiocresol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.03 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.53 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.67 (br m, 1H), 3.83 (br m, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.57 (m, 3H), 7.63 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=2.4, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 426.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-chlorothiophenol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.04 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.68 (br m, 1H), 3.73 (br m, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=2.4, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 446, 448, 450.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-aminothiophenol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.04 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.68 (br m, 1H), 3.74 (br m, 1H), 5.58 (s, 2H), 6.65 (td, J=1.5, 15.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J=1.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J=1.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (t, J=1.5, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dd, J=1.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=1.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8/64 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 427.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-mercaptobenzyl alcohol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.03 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.67 (br m, 1H), 3.73 (br m, 1H), 4.53 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.65 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+NH4)+ at m/z 459.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-ethylthiophenol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.01 (t, J=7.65 Hz, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.69 (q, J=7.65 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.59 (br m, 1H), 3.67 (br m, 1H), 3.73 (br m, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J=2.4, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.61 (m, 3H), 7.53 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+Cl)− at m/z 474, 476.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-isopropylthiophenol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.05 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.67 (br m, 1H), 3.72 (br m, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.90 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+NH4)30 at m/z 471. Analysis calculated for C24H27N3O4S1.0.21H2O: C, 63.03; H, 5.96; N, 9.13. Found: C, 63.03; H, 6.04; N, 9.19.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-tert-butylthiophenol. Light-yellow powder; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.67 (br m, 1H), 3.73 (br m, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+NH4)+ at m/z 485.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1A substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with 2-chlorothiophenol, and 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with 4′-fluoro-3′-chloroacetophenone.
To a stirred suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 121 mg, 3.03 mmol) in 20 mL of anhydrous THF under nitrogen atmosphere was added triethyl phosphonoacetate dropwise. After 20 minutes, the acetophenone (600 mg, 2.02 mmol) from Example 52A in THF (5 mL) was added in one portion. The resulting clear solution was then stirred at room temperature for 7 hours. Reaction was then stopped, most of the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (2×20 mL) and water. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with 5-10% Et2O in hexanes to give the (E)-isomer of the cinnamate (500 mg, 68%) as a white solid.
A mixture of the cinnamate (500 mg, 1.37 mmol) from Example 52B in 5 mL of EtOH/THF (4:1) was stirred with sat. LiOH solution (0.50 mL) at 50° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was then acidified with 3N HCl and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titled title compound (450 mg, 97%) as a white solid.
The title compound was prepared using the cinnamic acid from Example 52C by the procedures described in Example 1C substituting 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-acetylpiperazine. White solid; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.10-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.80 (m, 8H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.46-7.56 (m, 2H). MS (APCI) (M+NH4)+ at m/z 466, 468, 470.
To a stirred solution of benzyl alcohol (195 mg, 0.32 mmol) from Example 11 in 2.0 mL of anhydrous DMF was added LiBr (48 mg, 0.35 mmol). The mixture was then cooled in an ice-water bath, and PBr3 (60 μL, 0.40 mmol) was dropped in slowly. The ice bath was then removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water was then added, the mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and aqueous NaHCO3. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc once. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated on a rotavap. The crude bromide (230 mg) was used directly for the alkylation without purification.
To a stirred solution of morpholine (10 μL, 0.11 mmol) in 0.5 mL of CH3CN was added Hunig base (23.7 μL, 0.14 mmol), followed by the bromide (40 mg, 0.091 mmol). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Solvent was then removed and the crude product was purified with Gilson Preparative HPLC as described in Example 38B to give the titled title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.33 (br t, 4H), 3.45 (br t, 4H), 3.50-3.65 (m, 6H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.65-3.80 (br m, 2H), 6.74 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (td, J=2.4, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 459, 461.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 53B substituting morpholine with 1-piperonylpiperazine. White solid; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.13-2.40 (br m, 8H), 3.28 (s, 2H), 3.49-3.64 (br m, 6H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 3.70 (br m, 2H), 5.97 (s, 2H), 6.69 (dd, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 592, 594.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 53B substituting morpholine with N-isopropyl-1-piperazineacetamide. White solid; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.04 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H), 2.20-2.42 (br m, 8H), 2.78 (s, 2H), 3.47-3.64 (br m, 6H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.64-3.76 (br m, 2H), 3.85 (qd, J=6.3, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (td, J=2.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 557, 559.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 53B substituting morpholine with ethyl sarcosinate hydrochloride. White solid; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.27 (s, 2H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 3.51-3.66 (br m, 6H), 3.66-3.75 (br m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 4.05 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 489, 491.
To a stirred solution of the alcohol (368 mg, 0.94 mmol) from Example 11 in 5 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile was added activated 4 Å molecular sieves, TPAP (3.3 mg, 0.0094 mmol), and NMO (110 mg, 1.03 mmol). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then quenched with dimethyl sulfide (100 μL). The crude product was filtered through celite, washed with acetonitrile, and condensed in vacuo. The titled title compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography to give a white solid (216 mg, 59%). 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 3.60 (br m, 6H), 3.73 (br m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (td, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (td, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J=2.1, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J=2.1, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 388, 390.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 53B substituting morpholine with 1-formyl piperazine. White solid; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.20-2.32 (m, 6H), 2.74 (br m, 2H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 3.59 (m, 6H), 3.70 (br m, 2H), 6.74 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.98 (d, J=2.1, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 486, 488.
A mixture of bromide (80 mg, 0.18 mmol) from Example 12, acryloylmorpholine (33 mg, 0.23 mmol), Pd(Oac)2 (2.0 mg, 0.009 mmol), P(o-tolyl)3 (17 mg, 0.056 mmol), Et3N (39 μL, 0.27 mmol), and anhydrous DMF (1.0 mL) in a pressure tube was flushed with nitrogen for 5 minutes before it was capped and heated at 110° C. over night overnight. TLC indicated almost complete consumption of the starting bromide. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool down to room temperature, and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted once with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and condensed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified with Gilson Preparative HPLC as described in Example 38B to give the titled title compound as a light-brown solid (35 mg, 39%). 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 3.43-3.88 (m, 16H), 6.58 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.86 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+NH4)+ m/z 516, 518. Analysis calculated for C26H27N2O4Cl1S1.0.46H2O: C, 61.56; H, 5.55; N, 5.21. Found: C, 61.56; H, 5.50; N, 5.43.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 57 substituting compound from Example 11 with compound from Example 48. Yellow solid; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 2.04 (s, 3H), 3.47 (br m, 4H), 3.52 (br m, 1H), 3.60 (br m, 1H), 3.68 (br m, 1H), 3.74 (br m, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (td, J=2.4, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=2.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J=2.4, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 10.29 (s, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+Cl)− at m/z 474, 476.
A mixture of the aldehyde (20 mg, 0.052 mmol) from Example 57, 1,1-dimethyl hydrazine (3.9 μL, 0.052 mmol) in 0.5 mL of EtOH with a tiny amount of AcOH was stirred at room temperature over night overnight. The solvent was then removed and the product was purified by preparative TLC to give the titled title compound (20 mg, 90%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.91 (s, 6H), 3.55-3.82 (br m, 8H), 6.64 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J=1.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (td, J=1.8, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.54 (m, 2H), 8.04 (dd, J=1.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 430, 432, 434, 436.
A mixture of bromide (60 mg, 0.14 mmol) from Example 12, aminopropylmorpholine (24 μL, 0.17 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (1.2 mg, 0.0013 mmol), BINAP (2.5 mg, 0.004 mmol), NaOt-Bu (19 mg, 0.20 mmol), 18-crown-6 (50 mg, 0.20 mmol), and anhydrous toluene (1 mL) in a pressure tube was flushed with nitrogen for 3 minutes before it was capped and heated at 80° C. over night overnight. The reaction was then stopped, and allowed to cool down to room temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water, and the aqueous layer was extracted once with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was then washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and condensed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified with Gilson Preparative HPLC as described in Example 38B to give the titled title compound as a light-brown oil (30 mg, 44%). 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.62 (quintet, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.15-2.26 (m, 8H), 3.17 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.22-3.76 (m, 12H), 3.50 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 5.72 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+H)+ at m/z 502, 504.
A mixture of nitro compound (780 mg, 1.58 mmol) from Example 33, SnCl2 (1.50 g, 7.91 mmol) in 25 mL of anhydrous EtOH was refluxed under nitrogen atmosphere for 90 minutes. The reaction was then allowed to cool down to room temperature, quenched with sat. NaHCO3, and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and condensed in vacuo to give the crude aniline as a yellowish brown solid, which was converted to the bromide without purification.
To a stirred solution of t-butyl nitrite (57 μL, 0.48 mmol), CrBr2 (87 mg, 0.39 mmol) in 2.0 mL of CH3CN at room temperature was added a solution of aniline from Example 63A (150 mg, 0.323 mmol) in 1.0 mL of CH3CN. The dark green solution was then heated at 65° C. under nitrogen atmosphere for 90 minutes. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool down to room temperature, and partitioned between EtOAc and 3N HCl. The organic layer was then washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and condensed in vacuo. The crude product was then purified with Gilson Preparative HPLC as described in Example 38B to give the titled title compound as a light-brown solid (50 mg, 29%). Colorless oil; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 1.63 (quintet, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (quintet, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.22 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.09-3.47 (m, 6H), 6.67 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=2.1, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) (M+H)+ at m/z 527, 529, 531, 533.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 59 substituting the bromide from Example 12 with 2-fluoro-5-bromobenzaldehyde.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 32 substituting 4-chloro-3-nitro-cinnamide with the compound from Example 64A. White solid: 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 MHz) δ 3.60 (br m, 6H), 3.71 (br m, 2H), 6.82 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 10.19 (s, 1H). MS (DCI/NH3) (M+H)+ at m/z 422, 424, 426, 428.
The title compound was prepared by the procedures described in Example 1 substituting 2,4-dichlorothiophenol with methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, and 6-amino-1-hexanol with 1-acetyl piperazine.
To a stirred solution of the compound (105 mg, 0.26 mmol) from Example 65A in 2 mL of THF under nitrogen atmosphere at 0° C. was added t-BuOK solution (1.0M, 281 μL, 0.29 mmol). Light orange precipitates appeared immediately. After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before the solvent was removed on a rotavap under reduced pressure.
The yellow thiolate thus obtained was dissolved in 0.5 mL of DMF, and 2,3-dichlorobenzaldehyde was then added. The mixture was then heated at 80° C. under nitrogen for 2 hours. Reaction was then stopped and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified with Gilson Preparative HPLC as described in Example 38B to give the titled title compound as a white solid (25 mg, 21%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.05 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.84 (m, 6H), 6.53 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J=1.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.60 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=1.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J=1.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H). MS (APCI) (M+NH4)+ at m/z 480, 482, 484.
Compounds that antagonize the interaction between ICAM-1 and LFA-1 can be identified, and their activities quantitated, using both biochemical and cell-based adhesion assays. A primary biochemical assay measures the ability of the compound in question to block the interaction between the integrin LFA-1 and its adhesion partner ICAM-1, as described below:
ICAM-1/LFA-1 Biochemical Interaction Assay
In the biochemical assay, 100 μL of anti-LFA-1 antibody (ICOS Corporation) at a concentration of 5 μg/ml mL in Dulbecco's phosphate-buffered saaline (D-PBS) is used to coat wells of a 96-well microtiter plate overnight at 4° C. The wells are were then washed twice with wash buffer (D-PBS w/o Ca++ or Mg++, 0.05% Tween 20) and blocked by addition of 200 μL of D-PBS, 5% fish skin gelatin. Recombinant LFA-1 (100 μL of 0.7 μg/ml mL, ICOS Corporation) in D-PBS is was then added to each well. Incubation continues continued for 1 hour at room temperature and the wells are were washed twice with wash buffer. Serial dilutions of compounds being assayed as ICAM-1/LFA-1 antagonists, were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), are were diluted in D-PBS, 2 mM MgCl2, 1% fish skin gelatin and 50 μL of each dilution was added to duplicate wells. This is was followed by the addition of 50 μL of 0.8 μg/ml mL biotinylated recombinant ICAM-1/Ig (ICOS Corporation) to the wells and the plates are were incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. The wells are were then washed twice with wash buffer and 100 μL of Europium-labeled Streptavidin (Wallac Oy) diluted 1:100 in Delfia assay buffer (Wallac Oy), are was then added to the wells. Incubation proceeds proceeded for 1 hour at room temperature. The wells are were washed eight times with wash buffer and 100 μL of enhancement solution (Wallac Oy, cat. No. 1244-105) are was added to each well. Incubation proceeds proceeded for 5 minutes with constant mixing. Time-resolved fluorimetry measurements are were made using the a Victor 1420 Multilabel Counter (Wallac Oy) and the percent inhibition of each candidate compound is was calculated using the following equation:
where “background” refers to wells that are were not coated with anti-LFA-1 antibody.
where “background” refers to wells that are were not coated with anti-LFA-1 antibody.
Compounds of the present invention exhibit exhibited inhibitory activity in the above assay as follows:
Compound | % inhibition | ||
of Example | @ 4 μM | ||
1 | 75 | ||
2 | 73 | ||
3 | 75 | ||
4 | 72 | ||
5 | 73 | ||
6 | 85 | ||
7 | 87 | ||
8 | 74 | ||
9 | 93 | ||
10 | 79 | ||
11 | 87 | ||
12 | 90 | ||
13 | 79 | ||
14 | 82 | ||
15 | 88 | ||
16 | 86 | ||
17 | 84 | ||
18 | 86 | ||
19 | 93 | ||
20 | 82 | ||
21 | 80 | ||
22 | 90 | ||
23 | 90 | ||
24 | 80 | ||
25 | 82 | ||
26 | 94 | ||
27 | 94 | ||
28 | 87 | ||
29 | 84 | ||
30 | 93 | ||
31 | 92 | ||
32 | 92 | ||
33 | 91 | ||
34 | 91 | ||
35 | 89 | ||
36 | 90 | ||
37 | 91 | ||
38 | 91 | ||
39 | 86 | ||
40 | 90 | ||
41 | 83 | ||
42 | 56 | ||
43 | 82 | ||
44 | 78 | ||
45 | 88 | ||
46 | 87 | ||
47 | 82 | ||
48 | 89 | ||
49 | 93 | ||
50 | 94 | ||
51 | 84 | ||
52 | 86 | ||
53 | 87 | ||
54 | 86 | ||
55 | 82 | ||
56 | 83 | ||
57 | 90 | ||
58 | 80 | ||
59 | 92 | ||
60 | 95 | ||
61 | 88 | ||
62 | 92 | ||
63 | 82 | ||
64 | 81 | ||
65 | 86 | ||
Biological relevant activity of the compounds in this invention is confirmed using a cell-based adhesion assay, which measures their ability to block the adherence of JY-8 cells (a human EBV-trasformed B cell line expressing LFA-1 on its surface) to immobilized ICAM-1, as follows:
ICAM-1/JT-8 Cell Adhesion Assay
For measurment measurement of inhibotory inhibitory activity in the cell-based adhesion assay, 96-well microtiter plates are were coated with 70 μL of recombinat recombinant ICAM-1/Ig (ICOS Corporation) at a concentration of 5 μg/mL in D-PBS w/o without Ca++ or Mg++ or Mg ++ overnight at 4° C. The wells are were then washed twice with D-PBS and blocked by addition of 200 μL of D-PBS, 5% fish skin gelatin by incubation for 1 hour at room temperature. Fluorescent tagged JY-8 cells (a human EBV-transformed B cell line expresing expressing LFA-1 on its surface; 50 μL at 2×106 cells/ml mL in RPMI 1640/1% fetal bovene bovine serum) are were added to the wells. For fluorescent labelind labelling of JY-8 cells, 5×106 cells washed once in RPMI 1640 are were resuspended in 1 mL of RPMI 1640 containing 2 μM Calceiun AM (Molecular Probes), are were incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes, and washed once with RPMI-1640/1% fetal bovine serum. Dilutions of compounds to be assayed for ICAM-1/LFA-1 antagonistic activity are were prepared in RPMI-1640/1% fetal bovine serum from 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and 50 μL are were added to duplicate wells. Microtiter plates are were incubated for 45 minutes at room temperature and the wells are were washed gently once with RPMI-1640/1% fetal bovine serum. Fluorescent intensity is was measured in a fluorescent plate reader with an excitation wavelength at 485 nM and an emission wavelength at 530 nM. The percent inhibition of a candidate compound at a given concentration is was calculated using the following equation:
and these concentration/inhibition data are were used to generate does response curves, from which IC50 values are were derived. Compounds of the present invention exhibit exhibited blocking activity in the above assay as follows:
and these concentration/inhibition data are were used to generate does response curves, from which IC50 values are were derived. Compounds of the present invention exhibit exhibited blocking activity in the above assay as follows:
Compound | |||
of Example | IC50 nM | ||
1 | 2,100 | ||
2 | 13,000 | ||
3 | 2,500 | ||
4 | 680 | ||
5 | 2,900 | ||
6 | 660 | ||
7 | 1,200 | ||
8 | 2,900 | ||
9 | 130 | ||
10 | 1,500 | ||
11 | 260 | ||
12 | 360 | ||
13 | 1,100 | ||
14 | 790 | ||
15 | 140 | ||
16 | 300 | ||
17 | 5,800 | ||
18 | 130 | ||
19 | 450 | ||
20 | 3,300 | ||
21 | 520 | ||
22 | 200 | ||
23 | 600 | ||
24 | 8,000 | ||
25 | 11,000 | ||
26 | 110 | ||
27 | 160 | ||
28 | 370 | ||
29 | 160 | ||
30 | 250 | ||
32 | 190 | ||
32 | 45 | ||
33 | 300 | ||
34 | 70 | ||
35 | 430 | ||
36 | 320 | ||
37 | 140 | ||
38 | 250 | ||
39 | 250 | ||
40 | 280 | ||
41 | 110 | ||
42 | 520 | ||
43 | 100 | ||
44 | 70 | ||
45 | 50 | ||
46 | 60 | ||
47 | 370 | ||
48 | 200 | ||
49 | 20 | ||
50 | 10 | ||
51 | 690 | ||
52 | 420 | ||
53 | 700 | ||
54 | 360 | ||
55 | 100 | ||
56 | 510 | ||
57 | 220 | ||
58 | 1,600 | ||
59 | 200 | ||
60 | 30 | ||
61 | 540 | ||
62 | 340 | ||
63 | 850 | ||
65 | 1,200 | ||
Compounds of the present invention have been demonstrated to act via interaction with the integrin LFA-1, specifically by binding to the interaction domain (I-domain), which is known to be critical for the adhesion of LFA-1 to a variety of cell adhesion molecules. As such, it is expected that these compounds should block the interaction of LFA-1 with other CAM's. This has in fact been demonstrated for the case of ICAM-3. Compounds of the present invention may be evaluated for their ability to block the adhesion of JY-8 cells (a human EBV-transformed B cell line expressing LFA-1 on its surface) to immobilized ICAM-3, as follows:
ICAM-3/JY-8 Cell Adhesion Assay
For measurement of inhibitory activity in the cell-based adhesion assay, 96-well microtiter plates are were coated with 50 μL of recombinant ICAM-3/Ig (ICOS Corporation) at a concentration of 10 μg/mL in D-PBS w/o without Ca++ or Mg++ overnight at 4° C. The wells are were then washed twice with D-PBS, blocked by addition of 100 μL of D-PBS, 1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) by incubation for 1 hour at room temperature, and washed once with RPMI-1640/5% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (adhesion buffer). Dilutions of compounds to be assayed for ICAM-3/LFA-1 antagonistic activity are were prepared in adhesion buffer from 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and 100 μL are were added to duplicate wells. JY-8 cells (a human EBV-transformed B cell line expressing LFA-1 on its surface; 100 μL at 0.75×106 cells/ml mL in adhesion buffer) are were then added to the wells. Microtiter plates are were incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature; the adherent cells are were then fixed with 50 μL of 14% glutaraldehyde/D-PBS and were incubated for an additional 90 minutes. The wells are were washed gently with dH2O; 50 μL of dH2O is was added, following followed by 50 μL of 1% crystal violet. After 5 minutes the plates are were washed 3× times with dH2O; 75 μL of dH2O and 225 μL of 95% EtOH are were added to each well to extract the crystal violet from the cells. Absorbance is was measured at 570 nM in an ELISA plate reader. The percent inhibition of a candidate compound is was calculated using the following equation.
Compounds of the present invention exhibit exhibited blocking activity in the above assay as follows. :
Compounds of the present invention exhibit exhibited blocking activity in the above assay as follows. :
Compound | % inhibition | ||
Of Example | @ 0.6 μM | ||
9 | 100 | ||
12 | 100 | ||
15 | 100 | ||
16 | 100 | ||
17 | 100 | ||
18 | 100 | ||
26 | 100 | ||
27 | 100 | ||
30 | 100 | ||
32 | 100 | ||
34 | 100 | ||
35 | 100 | ||
41 | 100 | ||
45 | 100 | ||
46 | 100 | ||
49 | 100 | ||
50 | 100 | ||
54 | 100 | ||
59 | 100 | ||
60 | 100 | ||
62 | 100 | ||
The ability of the compounds of this invention to treat arthritis can be demonstrated in a murine collagen-induced arthritis model according to the method of Kakimoto, et al., Cell Immunol 142: 326-337, 1992, in a rat collagen-induced arthritis model according to the method of Knoerzer, et al., Toxicol Pathol 25:13-19, 1997, in a rat adjuvant arthritis model according to the method of Halloran, et al., Arthitis Arthritis Rheum 39: 810-819, 1996, in a rat streptococcal cell wall-induced arthritis model according to the method of Schimmer, et al., J. Immunol 160: 1466-1477, 1998, or in a SCID-mouse human rheumatoid arthritis model according to the method of Oppenheimer-Marks et al., J Clin. Invest 101: 1261-1272, 1998.
The ability of the compounds of this invention to treat Lyme arthritis can be demonstrated according to the method of Gross et al., Science 281, 703-706, 1998.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat asthma can be demonstrated in a murine allergic asthma model according to the method of Wegner et al., Science 247:456-459, 1990, or in a murine non-allergic asthma model according to the method of Bloemen et al., Am J Respir Crit Care Med 153:521-529, 1996.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat inflammatory lung injury can be demonstrated in a murine oxygen-induced lung injury model according to the method of Wegner et al., Lung 170:267-279, 1992, in a murine immune complex-induced lung injury model according to the method of Mulligan et al., J Immunol 154:1350-1363, 1995, or in a murine acid-induced lung injury model according to the method of Nagase, et al., Am J Respir Crit Care Med 154:504-510, 1996.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat inflammatory bowel disease can be demonstrated in a rabbit chemical-induced colitis model according to the method of Bennet et al., J Pharmacol Exp Ther 280:988-1000, 1997.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat autoimmune diabetes can be demonstrated in an NOD mouse model according to the method of Hasagawa et al., Int Immunol 6:831-838, 1994, or in a murine streptozotocin-induced diabetes model according to the method of Herrold et al., Cell Immunol 157:489-500, 1994.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat inflammatory liver injury can be demonstrated in a murine liver injury model according to the method of Tanaka et al., J Immunol 151:5088-5095, 1993.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat inflammatory glomerular injury can be demonstrated in a rat nephrotoxic serum nephritis model according to the method of Kawasaki, et al., J Immunol 150:1074-1083, 1993.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat radiation-induced enteritis can be demonstrated in a rat abdominal irradiation model according to the method of Panes et al., Gastroenterology 108:1761-1769, 1995.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat radiation pneumonitis can be demonstrated in a murine pulmonary irradiation model according to the method of Hallahan et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94:6432-6437, 1997.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat reperfusion injury can be demonstrated in the isolated rat heart according to the method of Tamiya et al., Immunopharmacology 29(1): 53-63, 1995, or in the anesthetized dog according to the model of Hartman et al., Cardiovasc Res 30(1): 47-54, 1995.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat pulmonary reperfusion injury can be demonstrated in a rat lung allograft reperfusion injury model according to the method of DeMeester et al., Transplantation 62(10): 1477-1485, 1996, or in a rabbit pulmonary edema model according to the method of Horgan et al., Am J Physiol 261(5): H1578-H1584, 1991.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat stroke can be demonstrated in a rabbit cerebral embolism stroke model according the method of Bowes et al., Exp Neurol 119(2): 215-219, 1993, in a rat middle cerebral artery ischemia-reperfusion model according to the method of Chopp et al., Stroke 25(4): 869-875, 1994, or in a rabbit reversible spinal cord ischemia model according to the method of Clark et al., Neurosurg 75(4): 623-627, 1991.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat peripheral artery occlusion can be demonstrated in a rat skeletal muscle ischemia/reperfusion model according to the method of Gute et al., Mol Cell Biochem 179: 169-187, 1998.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat graft rejection can be demonstrated in a murine cardiac allograft rejection model according to the method of Isobe et al., Science 255: 1125-1127, 1992, in a murine thyroid gland kidney capsule model according to the method of Talento et al., Transplantation 55: 418-422, 1993, in a cynomolgus monkey renal allograft model according to the method of Cosimi et al., J Immunol 144: 4604-4612, 1990, in a rat nerve allograft model according to the method of Nakao et al., Muscle Nerve 18: 93-102, 1995, in a murine skin allograft model according to the method of Gorczynski and Wojcik, J Immunol 152: 2011-2019, 1994, in a murine corneal allograft model according to the method of He et al., Opthalmol Vis Sci 35: 3218-3225, 1994, or in a xenogeneic pancreatic islet cell transplantation model according to the method of Zeng et al., Transplantation 58:681-689, 1994.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat graft-vs.-host disease (GVHD) can be demonstrated in a murine lethal GVHD model according to the method of Haming et al., Transplantation 52:842-845, 1991.
The ability of compounds of this invention to treat cancers can be demonstrated in a human lymphoma metastasis model (in mice) according to the method of Aoudjit et al., J Immunol 161:2333-2338, 1998.
Claims (35)
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug thereof of a compound of formula I,
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently
selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde, and
with the proviso that at least one of R1 or and R3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, defined as
wherein R8 and R9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen, and
b. alkyl,
c. carboxy alkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonyl alkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonyl alkyl,
and R10 and R11 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or where NR10R11 is R10 and R 11 are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1) alkyl,
2) alkoxy,
3) alkoxyalkyl,
4) cycloalkyl,
5) aryl,
6) heterocyclyl,
7) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9) hydroxy,
10) hydroxyalkyl,
11) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12) carboxy,
13) carboxycarbonyl,
14) carboxaldehyde,
15) alkoxycarbonyl,
16) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17) aminoalkanoyl,
18) carboxamido,
19) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20) carboxamidoalkyl,
21) alkanoyl,
22) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23) alkanoyloxy,
24) alkanoylamino,
25) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26) alkylsulfonyl,
and wherein Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where substitutions the substituents are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
ba. halogen,
cb. alkyl,
dc. aryl,
ed. haloalkyl,
fe. hydroxy,
gf. alkoxy,
hg. alkoxycarbonyl,
ih. alkoxyalkoxy,
ji. hydroxyalkyl,
kj. aminoalkyl,
lk. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
ml. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
nm. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
on. carboxaldehyde,
po. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
qp. carboxamide,
rq. alkoxycarbonyl alkyl,
sr. hydroxycarbonylalkyl (carboxyalkyl),
ts. cyano,
ut. amino,
vu. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
wv. “trans-cinnamide”,
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
subject to the proviso that when R3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide,” as defined above, one or more than one of the following conditions is fulfilled:
(A) Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, or a substituted aryl group wherein when Ar is a pyridyl group, Ar is substituted and Ar is not substituted by only one alkyl group;
(B) one or more than one of R1 , R 2 , R 4 , and R 5 , as defined above, are other than hydrogen; and
(C) R10 and R 11 are taken together with N to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, as defined above.
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R1 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, and R3 is hydrogen.
3. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, and R1 is hydrogen .
4. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, and one or more than one of R1, R8, and R9 are each hydrogen.
5. A compound according to claim 4 wherein R3 is a “cis-cinnamide”.
6. A compound according to claim 4 wherein R3 is a “trans-cinnamide”.
7. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, and R1, R2, and R4 are each independently hydrogen or alkyl; and R5 is selected from halogen, haloalkyl, and nitro.
8. A compound according to claim 4 wherein Ar is aryl, a substituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group.
9. A compound according to claim 4 wherein one or both of R10 and R11 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and heterocyclylalkyl.
10. A compound according to claim 4 wherein NR10R11 is R10 and R 11 are taken together with N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group or a substituted heterocyclyl group.
11. A compound according to claim 8 4 wherein Ar is selected from substituted phenyl, 1,3-benzimidazol-2-one, 1,4-benzodioxane, 1,3-benzodioxole, 1-benzopyr-2-en-4-one, indole, isatin, 1,3-quinazolin-4-one, and quinoline.
12. A compound according to claim 11 wherein R3 is a “trans-cinnamide”; and Ar is selected from 1,3-benzimidazol-2-one, 1,4-benzodioxane, 1,3-benzodioxole, 1-benzopyr-2-en-4-one, indole, isatin, phenyl, 1,3-quinazolin-4-one, and quinoline .
13. A compound according to claim 12 wherein one or both of R10 and R11 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and heterocyclylalkyl.
14. A compound according to claim 12 wherein NR10R11 is R10 and R 11 are taken together with N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group or a substituted heterocyclyl as described above group.
15. A composition comprising a compound of according to claim 1 in and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
16. A method of inhibiting inflammation comprising the administration of a compound of claim 1 formula I to a patient:
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
with the proviso that at least one of R1 and R 3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, defined as
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R10 and R 11 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or R10 and R 11 are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1) alkyl,
2) alkoxy,
3) alkoxyalkyl,
4) cycloalkyl,
5) aryl,
6) heterocyclyl,
7) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9) hydroxy,
10) hydroxyalkyl,
11) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12) carboxy,
13) carboxycarbonyl,
14) carboxaldehyde,
15) alkoxycarbonyl,
16) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17) aminoalkanoyl,
18) carboxamido,
19) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20) carboxamidoalkyl,
21) alkanoyl,
22) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23) alkanoyloxy,
24) alkanoylamino,
25) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents, are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”.
17. A method of inhibiting inflammation comprising the administration of a composition comprising a compound of claim 15 formula I to a patient:
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
with the proviso that at least one of R1 and R 3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, defined as
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R10 and R 11 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or R10 and R 11 are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1) alkyl,
2) alkoxy,
3) alkoxyalkyl,
4) cycloalkyl,
5) aryl,
6) heterocyclyl,
7) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9) hydroxy,
10) hydroxyalkyl,
11) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12) carboxy,
13) carboxycarbonyl,
14) carboxaldehyde,
15) alkoxycarbonyl,
16) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17) aminoalkanoyl,
18) carboxamido,
19) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20) carboxamidoalkyl,
21) alkanoyl,
22) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23) alkanoyloxy,
24) alkanoylamino,
25) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents, are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”
and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
18. A method of suppressing immune response comprising the administration of a compound of claim 1 formula I to a patient:
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R
1
, R
2
, R
3
, R
4
, and R
5
are independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
with the proviso that at least one of R
1
and R
3
is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, defined as
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R
10
and R
11
are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or R
10
and R
11
are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1 ) alkyl,
2 ) alkoxy,
3 ) alkoxyalkyl,
4 ) cycloalkyl,
5 ) aryl,
6 ) heterocyclyl,
7 ) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8 ) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9 ) hydroxy,
10 ) hydroxyalkyl,
11 ) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12 ) carboxy,
13 ) carboxycarbonyl,
14 ) carboxaldehyde,
15 ) alkoxycarbonyl,
16 ) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17 ) aminoalkanoyl,
18 ) carboxamido,
19 ) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20 ) carboxamidoalkyl,
21 ) alkanoyl,
22 ) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23 ) alkanoyloxy,
24 ) alkanoylamino,
25 ) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26 ) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents, are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”.
19. A method of suppressing immune response comprising the administration of a composition comprising a compound of claim 15 formula I to a patient:
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
with the proviso that at least one of R1 and R 3 is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, defined as
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R
10
and R
11
are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or R
10
and R
11
are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1 ) alkyl,
2 ) alkoxy,
3 ) alkoxyalkyl,
4 ) cycloalkyl,
5 ) aryl,
6 ) heterocyclyl,
7 ) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8 ) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9 ) hydroxy,
10 ) hydroxyalkyl,
11 ) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12 ) carboxy,
13 ) carboxycarbonyl,
14 ) carboxaldehyde,
15 ) alkoxycarbonyl,
16 ) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17 ) aminoalkanoyl,
18 ) carboxamido,
19 ) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20 ) carboxamidoalkyl,
21 ) alkanoyl,
22 ) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23 ) alkanoyloxy,
24 ) alkanoylamino,
25 ) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26 ) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents, are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”
and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
20. A compound according to claim 1 selected from:
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2 -(E-(( 6-hydroxyhexylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2 -(E-(( 3 -( 1 -imidazolyl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 2-hydroxyethylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 6-hydroxyhexylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-((bis-( 2-hydroxyethyl)ainino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 3 -( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4 -( 2-pyridyl)piperazin-1 -yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -(Hydroxymethyl)phenyl) ( 2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4 -( 2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4 -( 2-hydroxyethoxyethyl)piperazin-1 -yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 3 -(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 2 -(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 3-acetamidopyrrolidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4 -(hydroxypiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-((piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 3-carboxypiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4-carboxypiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylhomopiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-((thiomorpholin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4 -( 2-oxo,-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Bromophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 2-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4 -(E-(( 2 -( 1-morpholinyl)ethylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4 -(E-(( 4-phenylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4 -(E-(( 3 -( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-trifluoromethyl-4 -(E-((cyclopropylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl) 2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 3 -( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,3-Dichlorophenyl)[2 -nitro-4-(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 4-Bromophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 4-Methylphenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4 -(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4 -( 2-furoylcarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4 -(methanesulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4 -(diethylaminocarbonylmethyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4 -(diethylaminocarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl) ( 2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4 -(carboxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4 -(carboxymethyl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Methylphenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Chlorophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Aminophenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Hydroxymethylphenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Ethylphenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-iso-Propylphenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-tert-Butylphenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Chlorophenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperain-1-yl)carbonyl)) 2-propenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -( 1-Morpholinylmethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -( 4 -( 1,3-Benzodioxolyl-5-methyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -( 4 -(iso-Propylaminocarbonylmethyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -((N-Ethoxycarbonylmethyl-N-methyl)aminomethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Formylphenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -( 4-Formylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2 -(E-(( 1-Morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Formylphenyl)[2-nitro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2-Formylphenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide, N,N-dimethyl hydrazone;
( 2 -(( 3 -( 1-Morpholinyl)propyl)- 1-amino)phenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-bromo-4 -(E-(( 3 -( 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propylamino)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide;
( 2,4-Dichlorophenyl)[2-formyl-4 -(E-(( 1-morpholinyl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide; and
( 2-Chloro-6-formylphenyl)[2-chloro-4 -(E-(( 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)ethenyl)phenyl]sulfide.
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R
1
, R
2
, R
3
, R
4
, and R
5
are independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
with the proviso that at least one of R
1
and R
3
is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, defined as
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R
10
and R
11
are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or R
10
and R
11
are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1 ) alkyl,
2 ) alkoxy,
3 ) alkoxyalkyl,
4 ) cycloalkyl,
5 ) aryl,
6 ) heterocyclyl,
7 ) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8 ) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9 ) hydroxy,
10 ) hydroxyalkyl,
11 ) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12 ) carboxy,
13 ) carboxycarbonyl,
14 ) carboxaldehyde,
15 ) alkoxycarbonyl,
16 ) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17 ) aminoalkanoyl,
18 ) carboxamido,
19 ) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20 ) carboxamidoalkyl,
21 ) alkanoyl,
22 ) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23 ) alkanoyloxy,
24 ) alkanoylamino,
25 ) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26 ) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”,
subject to the proviso that when R
3
is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide,” as defined above, one or more than one of the following conditions is fulfilled:
(A) R 1 , as defined above, is other than hydrogen;
(B) R 8 and R 9 are both hydrogen and Ar is not pyridyl; and
(C) R 10 and R 11 are taken together with N to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, as defined above.
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R
1
, R
2
, R
3
, R
4
, and R
5
are independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
with the proviso that at least one of R
1
and R
3
is a “cis-cinnamide” or a “trans-cinnamide”, defined as
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R
10
and R
11
are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or R
10
and R
11
are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1 ) alkyl,
2 ) alkoxy,
3 ) alkoxyalkyl,
4 ) cycloalkyl,
5 ) aryl,
6 ) heterocyclyl,
7 ) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8 ) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9 ) hydroxy,
10 ) hydroxyalkyl,
11 ) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12 ) carboxy,
13 ) carboxycarbonyl,
14 ) carboxaldehyde,
15 ) alkoxycarbonyl,
16 ) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17 ) aminoalkanoyl,
18 ) carboxamido,
19 ) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20 ) carboxamidoalkyl,
21 ) alkanoyl,
22 ) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23 ) alkanoyloxy,
24 ) alkanoylamino,
25 ) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26 ) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”,
subject to the proviso that one or more than one of the following conditions is fulfilled:
(A) Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, or a substituted aryl group;
(B) two or more than two of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 , as defined above, are other than hydrogen; and
(C) R 10 and R 11 are taken together with N to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, as defined above.
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R
1
, R
2
, R
4
, and R
5
are independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R
10
and R
11
are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or R
10
and R
11
are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1 ) alkyl,
2 ) alkoxy,
3 ) alkoxyalkyl,
4 ) cycloalkyl,
5 ) aryl,
6 ) heterocyclyl,
7 ) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8 ) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9 ) hydroxy,
10 ) hydroxyalkyl,
11 ) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12 ) carboxy,
13 ) carboxycarbonyl,
14 ) carboxaldehyde,
15 ) alkoxycarbonyl,
16 ) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17 ) aminoalkanoyl,
18 ) carboxamido,
19 ) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20 ) carboxamidoalkyl,
21 ) alkanoyl,
22 ) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23 ) alkanoyloxy,
24 ) alkanoylamino,
25 ) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26 ) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”,
wherein when Ar is pyridyl, Ar is substituted by two or more than two substituents.
24. A compound according to claim 23 where one or more than one of R1 , R 2 , R 4 , and R 5 are other than hydrogen.
25. A compound according to claim 23 where R10 and R 11 are taken together with N to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R
1
, R
2
, R
4
, and R
5
are independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
subject to the proviso that one or more than one of R
1
, R
2
, R
4
, and R
5
are other than hydrogen,
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R
10
and R
11
are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. cycloalkyl,
d. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
e. hydroxyalkyl, and
f. heterocyclylalkyl,
or R
10
and R
11
are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1 ) alkyl,
2 ) alkoxy,
3 ) alkoxyalkyl,
4 ) cycloalkyl,
5 ) aryl,
6 ) heterocyclyl,
7 ) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8 ) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9 ) hydroxy,
10 ) hydroxyalkyl,
11 ) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12 ) carboxy,
13 ) carboxycarbonyl,
14 ) carboxaldehyde,
15 ) alkoxycarbonyl,
16 ) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17 ) aminoalkanoyl,
18 ) carboxamido,
19 ) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20 ) carboxamidoalkyl,
21 ) alkanoyl,
22 ) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23 ) alkanoyloxy,
24 ) alkanoylamino,
25 ) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26 ) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”.
27. A compound according to claim 26 where R10 and R 11 are taken together with N to form a substituted heterocyclyl group or an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug of a compound of formula I,
wherein R
1
, R
2
, R
4
, and R
5
are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. halogen,
c. alkyl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. alkoxy,
f. cyano,
g. nitro, and
h. carboxaldehyde,
where R8 and R 9 are each independently selected from
a. hydrogen,
b. alkyl,
c. carboxyalkyl,
d. alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, and
e. dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl,
R
10
and R
11
are taken together with the N to form an unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, or a substituted heterocyclyl group, where the substituted heterocyclyl group is substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
1 ) alkyl,
2 ) alkoxy,
3 ) alkoxyalkyl,
4 ) cycloalkyl,
5 ) aryl,
6 ) heterocyclyl,
7 ) heterocyclylcarbonyl,
8 ) heterocyclylalkylaminocarbonyl,
9 ) hydroxy,
10 ) hydroxyalkyl,
11 ) hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
12 ) carboxy,
13 ) carboxycarbonyl,
14 ) carboxaldehyde,
15 ) alkoxycarbonyl,
16 ) arylalkoxycarbonyl,
17 ) aminoalkanoyl,
18 ) carboxamido,
19 ) alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
20 ) carboxamidoalkyl,
21 ) alkanoyl,
22 ) hydroxyalkanoyl,
23 ) alkanoyloxy,
24 ) alkanoylamino,
25 ) alkanoyloxyalkyl, and
26 ) alkylsulfonyl,
and Ar is an unsubstituted aryl group, an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted aryl group, or a substituted heteroaryl group, where the substituted aryl group and the substituted heteroaryl group are substituted by one or more than one substituent, where the substituents are each independently selected from
a. halogen,
b. alkyl,
c. aryl,
d. haloalkyl,
e. hydroxy,
f. alkoxy,
g. alkoxycarbonyl,
h. alkoxyalkoxy,
i. hydroxyalkyl,
j. aminoalkyl,
k. alkyl(alkoxycarbonylalkyl)aminoalkyl,
l. unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl,
m. substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
n. carboxaldehyde,
o. carboxaldehyde hydrazone,
p. carboxamide,
q. alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
r. hydroxycarbonylalkyl(carboxyalkyl),
s. cyano,
t. amino,
u. heterocyclylalkylamino, and
v. “trans-cinnamide”.
29. A compound according to claim 1 wherein Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group or a substituted heteroaryl group and wherein the heteroaryl group is selected from benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, cinnolinyl, dihydroindolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and compounds of the formula:
wherein X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2 —, —CH 2 NH—, —CH 2 O—, —NH—, and —O— with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH 2 —, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v — where R′ is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl and v is 1-3.
30. A compound according to claim 21 , wherein Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group or a substituted heteroaryl group and wherein the heteroaryl group is selected from benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, cinnolinyl, dihydroindolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and compounds of the formula:
wherein X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2 —, —CH 2 NH—, —CH 2 O—, —NH—, and —O— with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH 2 —, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v — where R′ is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl and v is 1-3.
31. A compound according to claim 22 wherein Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group or a substituted heteroaryl group and wherein the heteroaryl group is selected from benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, cinnolinyl, dihydroindolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and compounds of the formula:
wherein X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2 —, —CH 2 NH—, —CH 2 O—, —NH—, and —O— with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH 2 —, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v — where R′ is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl and v is 1-3.
32. A compound according to claim 23 wherein Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group or a substituted heteroaryl group and wherein the heteroaryl group is selected from benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, cinnolinyl, dihydroindolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and compounds of the formula:
wherein X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2 —, —CH 2 NH—, —CH 2 O—, —NH—, and —O— with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH 2 —, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v — where R′ is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl and v is 1-3.
33. A compound according to claim 26 wherein Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group or a substituted heteroaryl group and wherein the heteroaryl group is selected from benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, cinnolinyl, dihydroindolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and compounds of the formula:
wherein X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2 —, —CH 2 NH—, —CH 2 O—, —NH—, and —O— with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH 2 —, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v — where R′ is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl and v is 1-3.
34. A compound according to claim 27 wherein Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group or a substituted heteroaryl group and wherein the heteroaryl group is selected from benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, cinnolinyl, dihydroindolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and compounds of the formula:
wherein X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2 —, —CH 2 NH—, —CH 2 O—, —NH—, and —O— with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH 2 —, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v — where R′ is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl and v is 1-3.
35. A compound according to claim 28 wherein Ar is an unsubstituted heteroaryl group or a substituted heteroaryl group and wherein the heteroaryl group is selected from benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, cinnolinyl, dihydroindolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and compounds of the formula:
wherein X* and Z* are independently selected from —CH2 —, —CH 2 NH—, —CH 2 O—, —NH—, and —O— with the proviso that at least one of X* and Z* is not —CH 2 —, and Y* is selected from —C(O)— and —(C(R″)2)v — where R′ is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl and v is 1-3.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/356,794 USRE39197E1 (en) | 1998-12-29 | 2002-08-29 | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/222,491 US6110922A (en) | 1998-12-29 | 1998-12-29 | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
US10/356,794 USRE39197E1 (en) | 1998-12-29 | 2002-08-29 | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/222,491 Reissue US6110922A (en) | 1998-12-29 | 1998-12-29 | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
USRE39197E1 true USRE39197E1 (en) | 2006-07-18 |
Family
ID=22832440
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/222,491 Ceased US6110922A (en) | 1998-12-29 | 1998-12-29 | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
US10/356,794 Expired - Fee Related USRE39197E1 (en) | 1998-12-29 | 2002-08-29 | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/222,491 Ceased US6110922A (en) | 1998-12-29 | 1998-12-29 | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
Country Status (29)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6110922A (en) |
EP (1) | EP1140814B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP4057244B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR100640984B1 (en) |
CN (3) | CN1955164A (en) |
AT (1) | ATE296283T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU771126B2 (en) |
BG (1) | BG65177B1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR9916638A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2356320C (en) |
CZ (1) | CZ296726B6 (en) |
DE (1) | DE69925508T2 (en) |
EA (1) | EA005207B1 (en) |
EE (1) | EE200100355A (en) |
GE (1) | GEP20043383B (en) |
HK (1) | HK1041476B (en) |
HR (1) | HRP20010512B1 (en) |
HU (1) | HUP0200222A3 (en) |
IL (1) | IL143968A0 (en) |
IS (1) | IS5985A (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA01006636A (en) |
NO (1) | NO20013241L (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ512687A (en) |
PL (1) | PL195605B1 (en) |
SK (1) | SK9402001A3 (en) |
UA (1) | UA72909C2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2000039081A2 (en) |
YU (1) | YU46701A (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200105344B (en) |
Families Citing this family (25)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6878700B1 (en) * | 1998-12-29 | 2005-04-12 | Abbott Laboratories | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
US6867203B2 (en) * | 1998-12-29 | 2005-03-15 | Abbott Laboratories | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
CN1721401A (en) * | 1999-04-02 | 2006-01-18 | 伊科斯公司 | Inhibitors of LFA-1 binding to ICAMS and uses thereof |
UA74781C2 (en) * | 1999-04-02 | 2006-02-15 | Abbott Lab | Antiinflammatory and immumosuppressive compounds inhibiting cell adhesion |
AU4192000A (en) * | 1999-04-02 | 2000-10-23 | Abbott Laboratories | Lfa-1 regulatory binding site and uses thereof |
US6521619B2 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2003-02-18 | Icos Corporation | Aryl phenylcyclopropyl sulfide derivatives and their use as cell adhesion inhibiting anti-inflammatory and immune suppressive agents |
JP2004502681A (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2004-01-29 | アボット・ラボラトリーズ | Arylphenyl heterocyclic sulfide derivatives and their use as anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive substances that inhibit cell adhesion |
CN1242989C (en) * | 2000-06-29 | 2006-02-22 | 艾伯特公司 | Aryl phenycyclopropyl sulfide derivatives and their use as cell adhesion-ichibiting anti-inflammatory and immune-suppressive agents |
PE20020354A1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2002-06-12 | Novartis Ag | HYDROXAMATE COMPOUNDS AS HISTONE-DESACETILASE (HDA) INHIBITORS |
CA2429353A1 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2002-08-01 | Genentech, Inc. | Lfa-1 antagonist compounds |
US7101898B2 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2006-09-05 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Amides of aminoalkyl-substituted azetidines, pyrrolidines, piperidines and azepanes |
DE60316116T2 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2008-05-29 | Novo Nordisk A/S | AMIDE OF AMINO ALKYL SUBSTITUTED AZETIDINES, PYRROLIDINES, PIPERIDINES AND AZEPANES |
JP4617449B2 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2011-01-26 | ヴィキュロン ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | N-hydroxyamide derivative having antibacterial activity |
EP1546088B1 (en) * | 2002-10-03 | 2014-12-17 | Novaremed Ltd. | Compounds for use in the treatment of autoimmune diseases, immuno-allergical diseases and organ or tissue transplantation rejection |
AU2003282510A1 (en) | 2002-10-11 | 2004-05-04 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Hexahydro-benzimidazolone compounds useful as anti-inflammatory agents |
GB0224917D0 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2002-12-04 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
DE10258168B4 (en) * | 2002-12-12 | 2005-07-07 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Integrated DRAM semiconductor memory and method of operating the same |
CN1787817B (en) * | 2003-05-19 | 2011-09-07 | Irm责任有限公司 | Immunosuppressant compounds and compositions |
JP2007186422A (en) * | 2004-01-28 | 2007-07-26 | Astellas Pharma Inc | Arylsulfide derivative |
WO2005105766A2 (en) * | 2004-04-28 | 2005-11-10 | Icos Corporation | Arylphenylamino-and arylphenylether-sulfide derivatives, useful for the treatment of inflammatory and immune diseases, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
CA2571710A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2006-11-02 | Nicholas Valiante | Small molecule immunopotentiators and assays for their detection |
TW200616634A (en) | 2004-10-01 | 2006-06-01 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Crystalline forms and process for preparing spiro-hydantoin compounds |
US7186727B2 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2007-03-06 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Pyridyl-substituted spiro-hydantoin compounds and use thereof |
WO2013041621A1 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2013-03-28 | Basf Se | Low molecular weight modulators of the cold-menthol receptor trpm8 and use thereof |
JP6847799B2 (en) * | 2017-09-21 | 2021-03-24 | 株式会社東芝 | Carbon dioxide absorber and carbon dioxide remover |
Citations (30)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE2123383A1 (en) | 1970-05-14 | 1971-12-02 | Sandoz Ag, Basel (Schweiz) | Derivatives of alpha cyanoacrylic acid, their production and use as stabilizers for organic materials |
GB2117760A (en) | 1982-02-24 | 1983-10-19 | Maruko Pharmaceutical Co | Pyridyl oxy- or thio-phenyl pharmaceutical compounds |
JPS6212757A (en) | 1985-07-10 | 1987-01-21 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceut Ind Ltd | Cinnamic acid amide derivative |
EP0219756A1 (en) | 1985-10-09 | 1987-04-29 | Shell Internationale Researchmaatschappij B.V. | Acrylic amides |
US4973599A (en) | 1989-03-14 | 1990-11-27 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Phenylthioheterocyclic derivatives |
US5028629A (en) | 1990-03-28 | 1991-07-02 | Eli Lilly And Company | 5-Lipoxygenase inhibitors |
US5208253A (en) | 1992-02-24 | 1993-05-04 | Warner-Lambert Company | 3-alkyloxy-, aryloxy-, or arylalkyloxy-benzo(b) thiophene-2-carboxamides as inhibitors of cell adhesion |
CA2245586A1 (en) | 1996-02-06 | 1997-08-14 | Japan Tobacco Inc. | Novel compounds and pharmaceutical use thereof |
WO1998013347A1 (en) | 1996-09-26 | 1998-04-02 | Novartis Ag | Aryl-substituted acrylamides with leukotriene b4 (ltb-4) receptor antagonist activity |
EP0835867A1 (en) | 1996-10-10 | 1998-04-15 | Eli Lilly And Company | 1-Aryloxy-2-arylnaphthyl compounds, intermediates, compositions, and methods |
US5776951A (en) | 1993-06-30 | 1998-07-07 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Anti-atherosclerotic diaryl compounds |
WO1998039303A1 (en) | 1997-03-03 | 1998-09-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease |
US5817862A (en) | 1994-02-23 | 1998-10-06 | Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung | Process for the preparation of cinnamic acid derivatives |
WO1998054207A1 (en) | 1997-05-30 | 1998-12-03 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Anti-inflammatory tyrosine derivatives |
WO1999011258A1 (en) | 1997-08-28 | 1999-03-11 | Novartis Ag | Lymphocyte function antigen-1 antagonists |
US5883133A (en) | 1995-07-26 | 1999-03-16 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted cinnamic acid guanidides, a process for their preparation, their use as medicaments or diagnostic agents and medicaments comprising them |
US5883106A (en) | 1994-10-18 | 1999-03-16 | Pfizer Inc. | 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors |
WO1999020618A1 (en) | 1997-10-21 | 1999-04-29 | Active Biotech Ab | Thiadiazoles amides useful as antiinflammatory agents |
WO1999020617A1 (en) | 1997-10-21 | 1999-04-29 | Active Biotech Ab | Antiinflammatory thiadiazolyl ureas which act as lfa-1 and mac-1 inhibitors |
US5912266A (en) | 1996-08-21 | 1999-06-15 | American Home Products Corporation | Beta2 integrin cell adhesion molecule inhibitors |
WO1999049856A2 (en) | 1998-03-27 | 1999-10-07 | Genentech, Inc. | Antagonists for treatment of cd11/cd18 adhesion receptor mediated disorders |
JP2000072766A (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2000-03-07 | Dai Ichi Seiyaku Co Ltd | Benzopyran derivative |
WO2000015604A1 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2000-03-23 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Malonic diester derivatives and process for producing the same |
WO2000015645A1 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2000-03-23 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Phosphonic ester derivatives and process for producing the same |
WO2000021920A1 (en) | 1998-10-13 | 2000-04-20 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Diaminopropionic acid derivatives |
WO2000048989A1 (en) | 1999-02-16 | 2000-08-24 | Novartis Ag | Mevinolin derivatives |
WO2001006984A2 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2001-02-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease |
WO2001007052A1 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2001-02-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease |
WO2001027102A1 (en) | 1999-10-13 | 2001-04-19 | Novartis Ag | Substituted diazepanes |
US6329362B1 (en) | 1998-03-16 | 2001-12-11 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Cinnamic acid derivatives |
-
1998
- 1998-12-29 US US09/222,491 patent/US6110922A/en not_active Ceased
-
1999
- 1999-12-29 EP EP99966709A patent/EP1140814B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1999-12-29 EA EA200100732A patent/EA005207B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1999-12-29 CN CNA2006101006797A patent/CN1955164A/en active Pending
- 1999-12-29 CN CNA2005100041981A patent/CN1680338A/en active Pending
- 1999-12-29 AU AU22203/00A patent/AU771126B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1999-12-29 UA UA2001075406A patent/UA72909C2/en unknown
- 1999-12-29 GE GE4443A patent/GEP20043383B/en unknown
- 1999-12-29 BR BR9916638-0A patent/BR9916638A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1999-12-29 JP JP2000590994A patent/JP4057244B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1999-12-29 AT AT99966709T patent/ATE296283T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1999-12-29 KR KR1020017008371A patent/KR100640984B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1999-12-29 PL PL99350786A patent/PL195605B1/en unknown
- 1999-12-29 HU HU0200222A patent/HUP0200222A3/en unknown
- 1999-12-29 CN CNB998163929A patent/CN1192018C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1999-12-29 CA CA002356320A patent/CA2356320C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1999-12-29 YU YU46701A patent/YU46701A/en unknown
- 1999-12-29 IL IL14396899A patent/IL143968A0/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1999-12-29 NZ NZ512687A patent/NZ512687A/en unknown
- 1999-12-29 MX MXPA01006636A patent/MXPA01006636A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1999-12-29 EE EEP200100355A patent/EE200100355A/en unknown
- 1999-12-29 DE DE69925508T patent/DE69925508T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1999-12-29 SK SK940-2001A patent/SK9402001A3/en unknown
- 1999-12-29 WO PCT/US1999/031162 patent/WO2000039081A2/en active IP Right Grant
- 1999-12-29 CZ CZ20012412A patent/CZ296726B6/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2001
- 2001-06-28 ZA ZA200105344A patent/ZA200105344B/en unknown
- 2001-06-28 NO NO20013241A patent/NO20013241L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-06-28 IS IS5985A patent/IS5985A/en unknown
- 2001-07-10 HR HR20010512A patent/HRP20010512B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-07-25 BG BG105732A patent/BG65177B1/en unknown
-
2002
- 2002-04-08 HK HK02102591.7A patent/HK1041476B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-08-29 US US10/356,794 patent/USRE39197E1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (31)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE2123383A1 (en) | 1970-05-14 | 1971-12-02 | Sandoz Ag, Basel (Schweiz) | Derivatives of alpha cyanoacrylic acid, their production and use as stabilizers for organic materials |
GB2117760A (en) | 1982-02-24 | 1983-10-19 | Maruko Pharmaceutical Co | Pyridyl oxy- or thio-phenyl pharmaceutical compounds |
JPS6212757A (en) | 1985-07-10 | 1987-01-21 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceut Ind Ltd | Cinnamic acid amide derivative |
EP0219756A1 (en) | 1985-10-09 | 1987-04-29 | Shell Internationale Researchmaatschappij B.V. | Acrylic amides |
US4973599A (en) | 1989-03-14 | 1990-11-27 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Phenylthioheterocyclic derivatives |
US5028629A (en) | 1990-03-28 | 1991-07-02 | Eli Lilly And Company | 5-Lipoxygenase inhibitors |
US5208253A (en) | 1992-02-24 | 1993-05-04 | Warner-Lambert Company | 3-alkyloxy-, aryloxy-, or arylalkyloxy-benzo(b) thiophene-2-carboxamides as inhibitors of cell adhesion |
US5776951A (en) | 1993-06-30 | 1998-07-07 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Anti-atherosclerotic diaryl compounds |
US5817862A (en) | 1994-02-23 | 1998-10-06 | Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung | Process for the preparation of cinnamic acid derivatives |
US5883106A (en) | 1994-10-18 | 1999-03-16 | Pfizer Inc. | 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors |
US5883133A (en) | 1995-07-26 | 1999-03-16 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted cinnamic acid guanidides, a process for their preparation, their use as medicaments or diagnostic agents and medicaments comprising them |
EP0887340A1 (en) | 1996-02-06 | 1998-12-30 | Japan Tobacco Inc. | Novel compounds and pharmaceutical use thereof |
CA2245586A1 (en) | 1996-02-06 | 1997-08-14 | Japan Tobacco Inc. | Novel compounds and pharmaceutical use thereof |
US5912266A (en) | 1996-08-21 | 1999-06-15 | American Home Products Corporation | Beta2 integrin cell adhesion molecule inhibitors |
WO1998013347A1 (en) | 1996-09-26 | 1998-04-02 | Novartis Ag | Aryl-substituted acrylamides with leukotriene b4 (ltb-4) receptor antagonist activity |
EP0835867A1 (en) | 1996-10-10 | 1998-04-15 | Eli Lilly And Company | 1-Aryloxy-2-arylnaphthyl compounds, intermediates, compositions, and methods |
WO1998039303A1 (en) | 1997-03-03 | 1998-09-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease |
WO1998054207A1 (en) | 1997-05-30 | 1998-12-03 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Anti-inflammatory tyrosine derivatives |
WO1999011258A1 (en) | 1997-08-28 | 1999-03-11 | Novartis Ag | Lymphocyte function antigen-1 antagonists |
WO1999020618A1 (en) | 1997-10-21 | 1999-04-29 | Active Biotech Ab | Thiadiazoles amides useful as antiinflammatory agents |
WO1999020617A1 (en) | 1997-10-21 | 1999-04-29 | Active Biotech Ab | Antiinflammatory thiadiazolyl ureas which act as lfa-1 and mac-1 inhibitors |
US6329362B1 (en) | 1998-03-16 | 2001-12-11 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Cinnamic acid derivatives |
WO1999049856A2 (en) | 1998-03-27 | 1999-10-07 | Genentech, Inc. | Antagonists for treatment of cd11/cd18 adhesion receptor mediated disorders |
JP2000072766A (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2000-03-07 | Dai Ichi Seiyaku Co Ltd | Benzopyran derivative |
WO2000015604A1 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2000-03-23 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Malonic diester derivatives and process for producing the same |
WO2000015645A1 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2000-03-23 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Phosphonic ester derivatives and process for producing the same |
WO2000021920A1 (en) | 1998-10-13 | 2000-04-20 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Diaminopropionic acid derivatives |
WO2000048989A1 (en) | 1999-02-16 | 2000-08-24 | Novartis Ag | Mevinolin derivatives |
WO2001006984A2 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2001-02-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease |
WO2001007052A1 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2001-02-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease |
WO2001027102A1 (en) | 1999-10-13 | 2001-04-19 | Novartis Ag | Substituted diazepanes |
Non-Patent Citations (120)
Title |
---|
Ali, H. et al., Mechanisms of Inflammation and Leukocyte Activation, Med. Clin. North America (1997) 81:1-28. |
Aoudjit, et al., J. Immunol, 161: 2333-2338, 1998. * |
Aoudjit, et al., J. Immunol. (1998) 161: 2333-2338. |
Bella, J., et al., The Structure of the Two Amino-terminal Domains of Human ICAM-1 Suggests How it Functions as a Rhinovirus Receptor and As An LFA-1 Integrin Ligand, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA (1998) 95:4140-4145. |
Bennet, et al., An ICAM-1 Antisense Oligonucleotide Prevents and Reverses Dextran Sulfate Sodium-Induced Colitis in Mice, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. (1997) 280:988-1000. |
Bennet, et al., J Pharmacol Exp Ther, 280:988-1000, 1997. * |
Berge, S.M., et al. J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66:1 et seq. * |
Berge, S.M., et al., Pharmaceutical Salts, J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66:1 et seq. |
Binnerts, M.E., et al., How LFA-1 Binds to Different Ligands, Immunol. Today (1999) 20:240-245. |
Bloemen, et al., Am J. Respir Crit Care Med 153:521-529, 1996. * |
Bloemen, et al., LFA-1, and not Mac-1, is Crucial for the Development of Hyperreactivity in a Murine Model of Nonallergic Asthma, Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. (1996) 153:521-529. |
Boschelli, D.H., et al., Inhibition of E-Selectin-, ICAM-1-, and VCAM-1-Mediated Cell Adhesion by Benzo[b]thiophene-, Benzofuran-, Indole-, and Naphthalene-2-Carboxamides: Identification of PD 144795 as an Antiinflammatory Agent, J. Med. Chem. (1995) 38:4597-4614. |
Bowes, et al., Exp Neurol, 119(2):215-219, 1993. * |
Bowes, et al., Monoclonal Antibody to the ICAM-1 Adhesion Site Reduces Neurological Damage in a Rabbit Cerebral Embolism Stroke Model, Exp. Neurol. (1993) 119(2):215-219. |
Carlos, T.M., Leukocyte-Endothelial Adhesion Molecules, Blood (1994) 84:2068-2101. |
Chemical Abstracts (1987) 106:23, Abstract No. 196262. |
Chopp, et al., Postischemic Administration of an Anti-Mac-1 Antibody Reduces Ischemic Cell Damage After Transient Middle Cerebral Artery Occlusion in Rats, Stroke (1994) 25(4):869-875. |
Chopp, et al., Stroke, 25(4):869-875, 1994. * |
Clark, et al., Neurosurg, 75(4): 623-627, 1991. * |
Clark, et al., Reduction of central nervous system ischemic injury by monoclonal antibody to intercellular adhesion molecule, Neurosurg. (1991) 75(4): 623-627. |
Cosimi, et al., In Vivo Effects of Monoclonal Antibody to ICAM-1 (CD54) In Nonhuman Primates with Renal Allografts, J. Immunol. (1990) 144: 4606-4612. |
Cosimi, et al., J. Immunol, 144: 4606-4612, 1990. * |
DeMeester, et al., Attenuation of Rat Lung Isograft Reperfusion Injury with a Combination of Anti-ICAM-1 and Anti-beta<SUB>2</SUB>Integrin Monoclonal Antibodies, Transplantation (1996) 62(10): 1477-1485. |
DeMeester, et al., Transplantation, 62(10): 1477-1485, 1996. * |
Edwards, C.P. et al., Mapping the Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 and -2 Binding Site on the Inserted Domain of Leukocyte Function-associated Antigen-1, J. Biol. Chem. (1998) 273:28937-28944. |
Emeigh, J.E., et al., Small Molecule Antagonists of LFA-1-Mediated Cell Adhesion, 221st ACS National Meeting, San Diego, CA, USA (2001) MEDI 256. |
Fisher, K.L., et al., Identification of the Binding Site in Intercellular Adhesion Molecule 1 for its Receptor, Leukocyte Function-associated Antigen 1, Mol. Biol. Cell (1997) 8:501-515. |
Franke et al., Synthetische Juvenihormone, Helvetica Chimca Acta (1975) 58(32):268-278. |
Gadek, T.R., et al.; Identification and Characterization of Antagonists of the LFA-1/ICAM-1 Protein-Protein Interaction as Novel Immunomodulatory Agents, 220th ACS National Meeting, Washington, D.C., USA (2000) MEDI 177. |
Gahmberg, C.G., Leukocyte Adhesion: CD11/CD18 Integrins and Intercullular Adhesion Molecules, Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. (1997) 9:643-650. |
Gahmberg, C.G., Leukocyte Adhesion: Structure and Function of Human Leukocyte beta<SUB>2</SUB>-integrins and Their Cellular Ligands, Eur. J. Biochem. (1997) 245:215-232. |
Gorczynski, Wojcik, A Role for Nonspecific (Cyclosporin A) or Specific (Monoclonal Antibodies to ICAM-1, LFA-1, and IL-10) Immunomodulation in the Prolongation of Skin Allografts After Antigen-Specific Pretransplant Immunization or Transfusion, J. Immunol. (1994) 152:2011-2019. |
Gorczynski, Wojcik, J. Immunol, 152:2011-2019, 1994. * |
Green, J.M., T Cell Receptor Stimulation, But Not CD28 Costimulation, Is Dependent on LFA-1-Mediated Events, Eur. J. Immunology (1994) 24:265-272. |
Gross, et al., Identification of LFA-1 as a Candidate Autoantigen in Treatment-Resistant Lyme Arthritis, Science (1988) 281, 703-706. |
Gross, et al., Science 281, 703-706, 1998. * |
Gute, et al., Inflammatory responses to ischemic and reperfusion in skeletal muscle, Mol. Cell Biochem. (1998) 179: 169-187. |
Gute, et al., Mol Cell Biochem, 179: 169-187, 1998. * |
Hallahan, et al., Intercellular adhesion molecule 1 knockout abrogates radiation induced pulmonary inflammation, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1997) 94:6432-6437. |
Hallahan, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 94:6432-6437, 1997. * |
Halloran, et al., Cellular Adhesion Molecules in Rat Adjuvant Arthritis, Arthritis Rheum. (1996) 39:810-819. |
Hamilton, G.S., et al., Fluorenylalkanoic and Benzoic Acids as Novel Inhibitors of Cell Adhesion Processes in Leukocytes, J. Med. Chem. (1995) 38:1650-1656. |
Harning, et al., Reduction in the Severity of Graft-Versus-Host Disease and Increased Survival in Allogeneic Mice By Treatment With Monoclonal Antibodies to Cell Adhesion Antigens LFA-1alpha and MALA-2, Transplantation (1991) 52:842-845. |
Harning, et al., Transportation, 52: 842-845, 1991. * |
Hartman, et al., Cardiovasc Res, 30(1):47-54, 1995. * |
Hartman, et al., Protection of ischmemic/reperfused canine myocardium by CL18/6, a monoclonal antibody to adhesion molecule ICAM-1, Cardiovasc. Res. (1995) 30(1):47-54. |
Hasagawa, et al., Int Immunol, 6:831-838, 1994. * |
Hasagawa, et al., Prevention of autoimmune insulin-dependent diabetes in non-obese diabetic mice by anti-LFA-1 and anti-ICAM-1 mAb, Int. Immunol, (1994) 6:831-838. |
He, et al., Effect of LFA-1 and ICAM-1 Antibody Treatment on Murine Corneal Allograft Survival, Opthalmol. Vis. Sci., (1994) 35: 3218-3225. |
He, et al., Opthalmol Vis Sci, 35: 3218-3225, 1994. * |
Henricks, P.A., Pharmacological modulation of cell adhesion molecules, Eur. J. Pharmacol. (1998) 344:1-13. |
Herrold, et al., Cell Immunol, 157:489-500, 1994. * |
Herrold, et al., Prevention of Autoimmune Diabetes by Treatment with Anti-LFA-1 and anti-ICAM-1 Monoclonal Antibodies, Cell Immunol. (1994) 157:489-500. |
Higuchi, T., Stella, V., Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, (1993). * |
Horgan, et al., Am J Physiol, 261(5):H1578-H1584, 1991. * |
Horgan, et al., Role of ICAM-1 in Neutrophil-Mediated Lung Vascular injury after occlusion and Reperfusion, Am J Physiol, 261(5):H1578-H1584, 1991. |
Huang, C., A Binding Interface on the I Domain of Lymphocyte Function-associated Antigen-1 (LFA-1) Requirecd for Specific Interaction with Intercellular Adhesion Molecule 1 (ICAM-1), J. Biol. Chem. (1995) 270:19008-19016. |
Huth, J.R., NMR and Mutagenesis Evidence for an I Domain Allosteric Site That Regulates Lymphocyte Function-associated Antigen 1 Ligand Binding. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA (2000) 97:5231-5236. |
International Search Report for PCT Application No. PCT US 00/08895. |
International Search Report for PCT Application No. PCT US 99/31162. |
Isobe, et al., Science, 255: 1125-1127, 1992. * |
Isobe, et al., Specific Acceptance of Cardiac Allograft After Treatment with Antibodies to ICAM-1 and LFA-1, Science (1992) 255: 1125-1127. |
Kakimoto, et al., Cell Immunol 142:326-337, 1992. * |
Kakimoto, et al., The Effect of Anti-Adhesion Molecule Antibody on the Development of Collagen-Induced Arthritis, Cell Immunol. (1992) 142:326-337. |
Kallen, J., et al., Structural Basis for LFA-1 Inhibition upon Lovastatin Binding to the CD11a I-Domain, J. Mol. Biol. (1999) 292-1-9. |
Kawasaki, et al., Antibodies against Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 and Lymphocyte Function-Associated Antigen-1 Prevent Glomerular Injury in Rat Experimental Crescentic Glomerulonephritis, J. Immunol. (1993) 150:1074-1083. |
Kawasaki, et al., J. Immunol, 150:1074-1083, 1993. * |
Kelly, T. A., Cutting Edge: A Small Molecule Antagonist of LFA-1-Mediated Cell Adhesion, J. Immunol. (1999) 163:5173-5177. |
Kishimoto, T. K., Integrins, ICAMs and Selectins: Role and Regulation of Adhesion Molecules in Neutrophil Recruitment to Inflammatory Sites, Adv. Pharmacol. (1994) 25:117-169. |
Knoerzer, et al., Clinical and Histological Assessment of Collagen-Induced Arthritis Progression in the Diabetes-Resistant BB/Wor Rat, Toxicol. Pathol. (1997) 25:13-19. |
Knoerzer, et al., Toxical Pathol 25:13-19, 1997. * |
Landis, R. C., Involvement of The "I" domain of LFA-1 in Selective Binding to Ligands ICAM-1 and ICAM-3, J. Cell Biol. (1994) 126:529-537. |
Lawrence, M. B., Springer, T.A., Leukocytes' Roll on a Selectin in Physiologic Flow Rate: Distinction from and Prerequisite for Adhesion Through Integrins, Cell (1991) 65:859-873. |
Lawrence, M.B., Springer, T.A., 1991, Leukocytes' Roll on a Selectin in Physiologic Flow Rate: Distinction from and Prerequisite for Adhesion Through Integrins, CELL, 65:859-873. * |
Ley, K., et al., Lectin-Like Cell Adhesion Molecule 1 Mediates Rolling in Mesenteric Venules, in vivo, Blood (1991) 77:2553-2555. |
Ley, K., Gaehtgens, P., Fennie, C., Singer, M.S., Lasky, L.H., Rosen, S.D., 1991, Lectin-Like Cell Adhesion Molecule 1 Mediates Rolling in Mesenteric Venules, in vivo, BLOOD, 77:2553-2555. * |
Link, J. T., et al., Discovery and SAR of Diarylsulfide Cyclopropylamide LFA-1/ICAM-1 Interaction Antagonists, Bioorg. Med. Chem Lett. (2001) 11:973-976. |
Liu, G., et al., Discovery of Novel P-arylthio Cinnamides as Antogonists of Leukocyte Function-associated Antigen-1/intracellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Interaction, 1. Identification of an Additional Binding Pocket Based on an Anilino Diaryl Sulfide Lead. J. Med. Chem. (2000) 43:4025-4040. |
Liu, G., et al., Novel P-arylthio Cinnamides as Antagonists of Leukocyte Function-associated Antigen-1/intracellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Interaction. 2. Mechanism of Inhibition and Structure-based Improvement of Pharmaceutical Properties. (2001) J. Med. Chem. 44:1202-1210. |
Liu, G., Small Molecule Antagonists of the LFA-1/ICAM-1 Interaction as Potential Therapeutic Agents, Expert Opin. Ther. Patents (2001) 11(9):1383-1393. |
Lu, C., et al., An isolated, Surface-expressed I Domain of the Integrin Albeta2 Is Sufficient for Strong Adhesive Function When Locked in the Open Conformation with a Disulfide Bond. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (2001) 98-2387-2392. |
Mulligan, et al., Compartmentalized Roles for Leukocyctic Adhesion Molecules in Lung Inflammatory Injury, J. Immunol. (1995) 154:1350-1363. |
Mulligan, et al., J Immunol 154:1350-1363, 1995. * |
Nagase, et al., Am J Respir Crit Care Med 154:504-510, 1996. * |
Nagase, et al., Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Mediates Acid Aspiration-induced Lung Injury, Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. (1996) 154:504-510. |
Nakano, T., et al., Adxanthromycins A and B, New Inhibitors of ICAM-1/ILFA-1 Mediated Cell Adhesion Molecule from Streptomyces sp NA-148, J. Antibos. (Tokyo) (2000) 53:12-18. |
Nakao, et al., Monoclonal Antibodies Against ICAM-1 and LFA-1 Prolong Nerve Allograft Survival, Muscle Nerve (1995) 18:93-102. |
Nakao, et al., Muscle Nerve, 18:93-102, 1995. * |
Oppenheimer-Marks, et al., Interleukin 15 Is Produced by Endothelial Cells and Increases the Transendothelial Migration of T Cells In Vitro and in the SCID Mouse-Human Rheumatoid Arthritis Model In Vivo, J. Clin. Invest. (1998) 101:1261-1272. |
Oppenheimer-Marks, et al., J. Clin. Invest 101: 1261-1272, 1998. * |
Panes, et al., Gastroenterology, 108:1761-1769, 1995. * |
Panes, et al., Role of Leukocyte-Endothelial Cell Adhesion in Radiation-Induced Microvascular Dysfunction in Rats, Gastroenterology (1995) 108:1761-1769. |
Pei, Z., et al., Discovery of Potent Antagonists of Leukocyte Function-associated Antigen-1/intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Interaction. 3. Amide (C-ring) Structure-activity Relationship and Improvement of Overall Properties of Arylthio-Cinnamides. J. Med. Chem. (2001) 44:2913-2920. |
Prescott, E., Methods in Cell Biology, vol. XIV, Academic Press, New York, NY (1976), p. 33 et seq. |
Qu, A., et al., The Role of the Divalent Cation in the Structure of the I Domain from the CD11a/CD18 Integrin, Structure (1996) 4:931-942. |
Roche, E. B., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987. |
Roche, E.B., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987. * |
Sanfilippo, P.J., Novel Thiazole Based Heterocycles as Inhibitors of LFA-1/ICAM-1 Mediated Cell Adhesion, J. Med. Chem. (1995) 38:1057-1059. |
Schimmer, et al., J. Immunol 160: 1455-1477, 1998. * |
Schimmer, et al., Streptococcal Cell Well-Induced Arthritis: Requirements for IL-4, IL-10, IFN-gamma, and Monocyte Chemoattractant Protein-1, J. Immunol. 91998) 160:1455-1477. |
Springer, T.A., 1994, Traffic Signals for Lymphocyte Recirculation and Leukocyte Emigration: The Multistep Paradigm, CELL, 76: 301-314. * |
Springer, T.A., Adhesion Receptors of the Immune System, Nature (1990) 346:425-434. |
Springer, T.A., Traffic Signals for Lymphocyte Recirculation and Leukocyte Emigration: The Multistep Paradigm, Cell (1994) 76:301-314. |
Stanley, P., et al., The I Domain of Integrin LFA-1 interacts with ICAM-1 Domain 1 at Residue Glu-34 But Not Gln-73, J. Biol. Chem. (1998) 273:3358-3362. |
Talento, et al., A Single Administration of LFA-1 Antibody Confers Prolonged Allograft Survival, Transplantation (1993) 55:418-422. |
Talento, et al., Transplantation, 55: 418-422, 1993. * |
Tamiya, et al., Immunopharmacology, 29(1):53-63, 1995. * |
Tamiya, et al., Protective effect of monoclonal antibodies against LFA-1 and ICAM-1 on myocardial reperfusion injury following global ischemia in rat hearts, Immunopharmacology, 29(1):53-63, 1995. |
Tanaka, et al., Inhibition of Inflammatory Liver injury by a Monoclonal Antibody against Lymphocyte Function-Associated Antigen-1, J. Immunol. (1993) 151:5088-5095. |
Tanaka, et al., J. Immunol, 151:5088-5095, 1993. * |
von Adrian, et al., Two-Step Model of Leukocyte-Endothelial Cell Interaction in Inflammation: Distinct roles for LECAM-1 and the leukocyte beta<SUB>2</SUB>integrins in vivo, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1991) 88:7538-7542. |
Von Adrian, V., Chambers, J.D., McEnvoy, L.M. Bargatze, R.F., Arfos, K.E., Butcher, E.C., 1991, Two-Step Model of Leukocyte-Endothelial Cell Interactions in Inflammation, Proc. National Acad. Sci USA, 88:7538-7542. * |
Wegner, et al., Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 (ICAM-1) in the Pathogenesis of Asthma, Science (1990) 247:456-459, 1990. |
Wegner, et al., Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Contributes to Pulmonary Oxygen Toxicity in Mice: Role of Leukocytes Revised, Lung (1992) 170: 267-279. |
Wegner, et al., Lung 170: 267-279, 1992. * |
Wegner, et al., Science 247:456-459, 1990. * |
Winn, Martin et al., Discovery of Novel p-Arylthio Cinnamides as Antagolists of Leukocyte Function-Associated Antigen-1/Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Interaction. 4. Structure-Activity Relationship of Substituents on the Benzene Ring of the Cinnamide, J. Med. Chem. (2001) 44:4393. |
Zeng, et al., Inhibition of Transplant Rejection by Pretreatment of Xenogeneic Pancreative Islet Cells with Anti-ICAM-1 Antibodies, Transplantation (1994)58: 681-689. |
Zeng, et al., Transplantation, 58: 681-689, 1994. * |
Zhu, G., et al., Diels-Alder Reactions of Hexafluoro-w-butyne with 2-Heterosubstituted Furans: A Facile and General Synthesis of 1,4 Disubstituted 2,3-Di[trifluoromethyl] benzenes, Organic Letters (2000) 2(21):3345. |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
USRE39197E1 (en) | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds | |
US6521619B2 (en) | Aryl phenylcyclopropyl sulfide derivatives and their use as cell adhesion inhibiting anti-inflammatory and immune suppressive agents | |
US7129247B2 (en) | Aryl phenylheterocyclyl sulfide derivatives and their use as cell adhesion-inhibiting anti-inflammatory and immune-suppressive agents | |
KR100678999B1 (en) | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds | |
AU2001268724B2 (en) | Aryl phenycyclopropyl sulfide derivatives and their use as cell adhesion-inhibiting anti-inflammatory and immune-suppressive agents | |
AU2001268724A1 (en) | Aryl phenycyclopropyl sulfide derivatives and their use as cell adhesion-inhibiting anti-inflammatory and immune-suppressive agents | |
US6878700B1 (en) | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds | |
US6867203B2 (en) | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds | |
AU2004202565B2 (en) | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory and immune-suppressive compounds |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
CC | Certificate of correction | ||
REMI | Maintenance fee reminder mailed | ||
LAPS | Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees | ||
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ABBVIE INC., ILLINOIS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ABBOTT LABORATORIES;REEL/FRAME:030167/0463 Effective date: 20120801 |